[RSArchive Icon]
 Version 2.5.4
 Table of Contents | Search ]
Rudolf Steiner Archive Home


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (Alphabetically)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: sleep
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • going to sleep again at night. But in those unconscious depths which
    • to his existence and in which he lives between going to sleep and
    • soul and life of the universe while he sleeps — in the soul the
  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • going to sleep again at night. But in those unconscious depths which
    • to his existence and in which he lives between going to sleep and
    • soul and life of the universe while he sleeps — in the soul the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resembling sleep (although it is in fact radically different). For if
    • in some respects like a sleeper.
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • as in sleep, our senses must be wholly shut off from all impressions
    • little as in sleep, and so on. Then the whole soul life is focused on
    • different from sleep. In fact, it could be called fully conscious
    • sleeping. Whereas in sleep the darkness of unconsciousness floods the
    • sleep from which we awaken to realize that we are not dreaming but
    • are usually asleep. This requires him to exert a strength and energy
    • devoutly over to the stream of cosmic events, as he does in sleep. In
    • again as he does in sleep.
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resembling sleep (although it is in fact radically different). For if
    • in some respects like a sleeper.
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • as in sleep, our senses must be wholly shut off from all impressions
    • little as in sleep, and so on. Then the whole soul life is focused on
    • different from sleep. In fact, it could be called fully conscious
    • sleeping. Whereas in sleep the darkness of unconsciousness floods the
    • sleep from which we awaken to realize that we are not dreaming but
    • are usually asleep. This requires him to exert a strength and energy
    • devoutly over to the stream of cosmic events, as he does in sleep. In
    • again as he does in sleep.
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture I: The uniform plan of World History. The Confluence of three spiritual streams in the Bhagavad Gita.
    Matching lines:
    • though asleep in man, and this higher self is not that of which the
    • about the human constitution, about sleeping and
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture II: The basis of knowledge of the Gita, the Veda, Sankhya, Yoga.
    Matching lines:
    • enwrap its independence in a sort of sleep, envelop it in lassitude
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture III: The union of the three streams in the Christ Impulse, the Teaching of Krishna.
    Matching lines:
    • connected with idleness, nonchalance and sleepiness. Why does a man in
    • life sleepy, lazy and inactive? Why do they feel oppressed by their
    • expressed by sleepiness, laziness and inactivity. When these are
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture IV: The nature of the Bhagavad Gita and the significance of the Epistles of St. Paul. How the Christ Impulse surpasses the Krishna Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • conditions, between sleeping and waking. If we wish to picture to
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture V: The spiritual nature of Maya. Krishna - the Light-Halo of Christ. The Risen One.
    Matching lines:
    • fall asleep if they read the first pages. In that way the subject
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking;
    • asleep. It is different in the case of the astral body and feeling.
    • From the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral
    • outside during sleep. And the human being himself, with his astral
    • asleep man lives directly in an element that is transmitted to his
    • The condition of sleep, too, can be understood only if we go much more
    • closely into these matters. During sleep it is only the physical body
    • the Ego and the astral body are outside. But in the sleeping human
    • whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the astral body are
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • During the sleeping state we have within us, instead of the Ego —
    • of that spirit. During sleep our warmth body is pervaded by cosmic
    • Waking life and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • point of view. When we are asleep our warmth-organism is permeated by
    • asleep. Thus we can say: In that we leave our body during sleep, we
    • falling asleep. But thereby we come to know man's physical environment
    • It is generally believed that deep, dreamless sleep contributes
    • nothing at all in the way of knowledge, that dreamless sleep is quite
    • Dreamless sleep has its definite task to perform for knowledge —
    • sleep, if our life were not continually interrupted by periods of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep. We perceive the objects around us, reason about these
    • point us to our organism; the consciousness of dreamless sleep is, as
    • connection with his body if he did not leave it during sleep and seek
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • strongly when we pass into the consciousness of dreamless sleep. Thus
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary consciousness as what takes place in deep sleep, in dreamless
    • sleep. We perceive our arm; we perceive how our hand grasps some
  • Title: Bridge Between: Contents of this Lecture Series
    Matching lines:
    • Thought and Tone; Ego and circulating Blood. — Man in the sleeping
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • hours, this earth sleeps and is awake just as we are. We must
    • earth occurs during the winter, and the state of sleep during the
    • summer, when the earth is asleep. Therefore, St. John's midsummer-day
    • state of consciousness that resembles sleep, but only on the surface.
    • on Christmas Eve, falls into a sleeplike state and when he awakens on
    • to demonstrate that she was even once in a sleep-like state during the
    • such a sleep-like state in a human being. During the last few days
    • sleep-like state. He has not yet perceived with his senses what is
    • to the day of Epiphany in a peculiar sleep-like state in the womb of
    • falling asleep to the moment of our awakening we live with our
    • during the time from our awakening to the time when we fall asleep do
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • hours, this earth sleeps and is awake just as we are. We must
    • earth occurs during the winter, and the state of sleep during the
    • summer, when the earth is asleep. Therefore, St. John's midsummer-day
    • state of consciousness that resembles sleep, but only on the surface.
    • on Christmas Eve, falls into a sleeplike state and when he awakens on
    • to demonstrate that she was even once in a sleep-like state during the
    • such a sleep-like state in a human being. During the last few days
    • sleep-like state. He has not yet perceived with his senses what is
    • to the day of Epiphany in a peculiar sleep-like state in the womb of
    • falling asleep to the moment of our awakening we live with our
    • during the time from our awakening to the time when we fall asleep do
  • Title: Lecture: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • he very soon became aware of fatigue and fell asleep. When he woke up
  • Title: Lecture: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • midway as it were between our waking and sleeping states, in which
    • Earth-existence is shrouded in sleep. Of what precedes the birth of
  • Title: Lecture: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • only for weeks. But men passed into this condition of sleep, and many
    • deluge that spread over their souls like a sleep. This condition of
    • sleep was felt by most souls as a kind of “drowning” and by
  • Title: Lecture: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • sleep and must make use of the senses, that is to say, of the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, a bright day-consciousness and a sleep or dream
    • times. Let us examine the alternation between waking and sleeping in
    • to him, and in sleep he is still the companion of divine beings. This
    • Let us try to imagine the sleep-condition of the Atlantean. Man was
    • cultural periods. What took place during sleep in the Atlantean time
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • asleep. By day he saw the material; by night he saw what lived in
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • exert a much greater influence on man. Today, when he sleeps, man
    • fluids, this was quickly taken care of. In a sleeping condition he
    • received from the spiritual worlds such force that through his sleep
    • back to health. He rebuilt the healing forces through sleep.
    • the patient's consciousness to a sort of hypnotic sleep, during which
    • significance of the temple-sleep that was applied for internal
    • ailments. The patient was given no medicine, but was allowed to sleep
    • active that were necessary for healing. This is how the temple-sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • his sleep, and in his consciousness there was only a delicate and
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking alternated. When he was awake man saw darkly what
    • an aura of light. In his sleep man rose to the spiritual worlds and
    • in sleep. However, the clarity of day-consciousness waxed in the same
    • whether through sleep or through death, his consciousness did not
    • Let us imagine that we lie down to sleep, that the astral body removes
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. We found that this decreases steadily after that time.
    • the spiritual world. In ancient times the difference between sleep and
    • sleep, approximately as long as the time now consumed by an
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • glow of the summer sun, and fall asleep, they may have what could be
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • are organically and actively interwoven, but that in sleep the
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • always asleep, Only there is a difference between sleep during the
    • night and sleep during the day. Of this we can be convinced in a
    • asleep to what is then and there happening and we can rightly speak of
    • asleep in the normal way. It can therefore be said: ordinary sleep is
    • sleep as regards the outer physical world; daytime consciousness at
    • the present time is sleep as regards the spiritual world.
    • man actually sleeps by day, that is to say he is not in the real sense
    • way, namely through sleep. When we are asleep we do not think;
    • ideation passes over into a state of sleep. The will, however, awakes,
    • conceptual activity ceases when we ourselves are asleep. To begin
    • the words that man sleeps in respect of his will when he is awake and
    • sleeps in respect of his conceptual life when he is asleep. The life
    • of will sleeps by day; the life of thought sleeps by night.
    • Man is unaware that the will does not sleep during the night because
    • not sleep during the night but it then works as it were in a fiery
    • Moral Impulses: Shadow-images of Beings of Higher Devachan (Sleeping)
    • sleep he is awake in respect of his will. It is because at night he is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • are organically and actively interwoven, but that in sleep the
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • always asleep, Only there is a difference between sleep during the
    • night and sleep during the day. Of this we can be convinced in a
    • asleep to what is then and there happening and we can rightly speak of
    • asleep in the normal way. It can therefore be said: ordinary sleep is
    • sleep as regards the outer physical world; daytime consciousness at
    • the present time is sleep as regards the spiritual world.
    • man actually sleeps by day, that is to say he is not in the real sense
    • way, namely through sleep. When we are asleep we do not think;
    • ideation passes over into a state of sleep. The will, however, awakes,
    • conceptual activity ceases when we ourselves are asleep. To begin
    • the words that man sleeps in respect of his will when he is awake and
    • sleeps in respect of his conceptual life when he is asleep. The life
    • of will sleeps by day; the life of thought sleeps by night.
    • Man is unaware that the will does not sleep during the night because
    • not sleep during the night but it then works as it were in a fiery
    • Moral Impulses: Shadow-images of Beings of Higher Devachan (Sleeping)
    • sleep he is awake in respect of his will. It is because at night he is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • was necessary for the middle classes of the civilised world to sleep
    • eighteen-seventies. This cultural sleep of the bourgeoisie could
    • passing through the present time asleep.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • was necessary for the middle classes of the civilised world to sleep
    • eighteen-seventies. This cultural sleep of the bourgeoisie could
    • passing through the present time asleep.
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • dead body), to go to sleep during the summer, but to awaken in the winter,
    • and goes to sleep in the autumn, but Spiritual Science brings us the knowledge
    • that the warm and sultry summer is the earth's sleeping season, and that
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • dead body), to go to sleep during the summer, but to awaken in the winter,
    • and goes to sleep in the autumn, but Spiritual Science brings us the knowledge
    • that the warm and sultry summer is the earth's sleeping season, and that
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • person is seen like a nebulous cloud formation. When a person sleeps,
    • separates in sleep from it. The aura's appearance is that of two
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • person is seen like a nebulous cloud formation. When a person sleeps,
    • separates in sleep from it. The aura's appearance is that of two
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • they are present in sleep. What poisons is the
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • they are present in sleep. What poisons is the
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • by sleep, when sense impressions cease. The soul of the pupil was led
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • by sleep, when sense impressions cease. The soul of the pupil was led
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • during the times when he is fast asleep is still more important for
    • always exclude the times we spent asleep; we join the things we did
    • intervening periods of sleep. Above all, if we want to know the true
    • being of man, we must pay attention to these periods of sleep. A man
    • might easily say that he knows nothing of what goes on during sleep.
    • so. For if we had to look back into a life uninterrupted by sleep, we
    • Even more important than the daily periods of sleep throughout our
    • life are the times we spent in sleep as very little children. We
    • retain the good effects of those early periods of sleep all through
    • sleep, but even that is not quite true. When we look back in memory,
    • of sleep, the fact is that we see a void, a nothing, in the intervals
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • asleep appear as darkness in the midst of life. And in reality it is to
    • also sleeping. The Ego as we know it in this earthly life is, to begin
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • inasmuch as he was more or less aware of his sleeping states even in
    • spiritual world, and it is there again between our falling asleep and
    • clearly. Let us imagine ourselves asleep. The Ego is away from the
    • Ego which works in the blood of man and in his movements. In sleep the
    • are asleep? Something must still be living and working in the blood,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • during the times when he is fast asleep is still more important for
    • always exclude the times we spent asleep; we join the things we did
    • intervening periods of sleep. Above all, if we want to know the true
    • being of man, we must pay attention to these periods of sleep. A man
    • might easily say that he knows nothing of what goes on during sleep.
    • so. For if we had to look back into a life uninterrupted by sleep, we
    • Even more important than the daily periods of sleep throughout our
    • life are the times we spent in sleep as very little children. We
    • retain the good effects of those early periods of sleep all through
    • sleep, but even that is not quite true. When we look back in memory,
    • of sleep, the fact is that we see a void, a nothing, in the intervals
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • asleep appear as darkness in the midst of life. And in reality it is to
    • also sleeping. The Ego as we know it in this earthly life is, to begin
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • inasmuch as he was more or less aware of his sleeping states even in
    • spiritual world, and it is there again between our falling asleep and
    • clearly. Let us imagine ourselves asleep. The Ego is away from the
    • Ego which works in the blood of man and in his movements. In sleep the
    • are asleep? Something must still be living and working in the blood,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • must send you home for a healthy sleep following this sketchy
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • must send you home for a healthy sleep following this sketchy
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. They are hidden within the being of man; they go to sleep within
    • when this growth culminates in the change of teeth. These sleeping
    • year and go to sleep at puberty in the depths of the body, are drawn forth
    • for his healthy growth and that go to sleep within his body when the
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. They are hidden within the being of man; they go to sleep within
    • when this growth culminates in the change of teeth. These sleeping
    • year and go to sleep at puberty in the depths of the body, are drawn forth
    • for his healthy growth and that go to sleep within his body when the
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping through the most important thing of all in life when they do
    • on the other has the effect of lulling the other to sleep. Thus we
    • sleepiness by the other with whom he has interchange. As a physicist
    • to lull another to sleep in social relationships.
    • people of our present day consciousness during sleep. You are, in so
    • by social forces when you are asleep, and only that which continues to
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • to be surprised when your social being seeks to lull you to sleep in
    • social impulse ought to develop. Yet it can only develop during sleep.
    • course you cannot go about continually asleep in life. Yet the
    • itself by, an inclination to sleep. That of which I speak goes on
    • asleep precisely for the building up of the social structure of
    • struggle and opposition to falling asleep in social relationships is
    • tendency to sleep always develops in you so that you may experience
    • your relationship to him in sleep. But, at the same time, there is
    • happens in the meeting between people — a tendency to fall asleep, a
    • to be put to sleep. It is the anti-social forces which require
    • other to sleep, while the other tries to resist and stay awake. This
    • knows that in human life one is not only asleep during sleep — when
    • sleep and wakefulness also play into the social and anti-social forces
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping through the most important thing of all in life when they do
    • on the other has the effect of lulling the other to sleep. Thus we
    • sleepiness by the other with whom he has interchange. As a physicist
    • to lull another to sleep in social relationships.
    • people of our present day consciousness during sleep. You are, in so
    • by social forces when you are asleep, and only that which continues to
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • to be surprised when your social being seeks to lull you to sleep in
    • social impulse ought to develop. Yet it can only develop during sleep.
    • course you cannot go about continually asleep in life. Yet the
    • itself by, an inclination to sleep. That of which I speak goes on
    • asleep precisely for the building up of the social structure of
    • struggle and opposition to falling asleep in social relationships is
    • tendency to sleep always develops in you so that you may experience
    • your relationship to him in sleep. But, at the same time, there is
    • happens in the meeting between people — a tendency to fall asleep, a
    • to be put to sleep. It is the anti-social forces which require
    • other to sleep, while the other tries to resist and stay awake. This
    • knows that in human life one is not only asleep during sleep — when
    • sleep and wakefulness also play into the social and anti-social forces
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • as the experiences of deep, dreamless sleep; so that in this respect
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • will lies and which, like the experiences of deep sleep, is wrapt in
    • Spirit is therefore also present and at work in the sleeping human
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • The other aspect is that the will is also active in us while we sleep;
    • because we are asleep. But just as the sun also shines during the
    • will stream through our being while we are asleep, although we have no
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • afterwards, as having been part of the condition of sleep.
    • work during sleep, when the bodily part of our being is engaged in
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • unconscious realms. They press upwards from the sleeping will. It is
    • antipathetic element that derives from sleep also works in an abnormal
    • irregularly during sleep and we have nightmares. In a nightmare, the
    • soul which forces its way upwards out of sleep. If this antipathy gets
    • means of sleep? We have no knowledge at all of how this inner will
    • during sleep. What lives in this will lies — and rightly so for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • as the experiences of deep, dreamless sleep; so that in this respect
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • will lies and which, like the experiences of deep sleep, is wrapt in
    • Spirit is therefore also present and at work in the sleeping human
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • The other aspect is that the will is also active in us while we sleep;
    • because we are asleep. But just as the sun also shines during the
    • will stream through our being while we are asleep, although we have no
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • afterwards, as having been part of the condition of sleep.
    • work during sleep, when the bodily part of our being is engaged in
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • unconscious realms. They press upwards from the sleeping will. It is
    • antipathetic element that derives from sleep also works in an abnormal
    • irregularly during sleep and we have nightmares. In a nightmare, the
    • soul which forces its way upwards out of sleep. If this antipathy gets
    • means of sleep? We have no knowledge at all of how this inner will
    • during sleep. What lives in this will lies — and rightly so for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • it with us from the time of awakening to the time of falling asleep?
    • other condition, that of sleep, we lie still; our thoughts sink into
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • the experiences of sleep.
    • In deep sleep we have in a sense lost our own being; we pass through
    • the experiences of sleep without being aware of them; and it is the
    • man. We dream in our life of feeling, and we are asleep in our
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • it with us from the time of awakening to the time of falling asleep?
    • other condition, that of sleep, we lie still; our thoughts sink into
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • the experiences of sleep.
    • In deep sleep we have in a sense lost our own being; we pass through
    • the experiences of sleep without being aware of them; and it is the
    • man. We dream in our life of feeling, and we are asleep in our
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • until falling asleep again man lives in a wide-awake consciousness,
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • until falling asleep again man lives in a wide-awake consciousness,
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • it is at least relatively an inner process. When we sleep we close our
    • And though when we go to sleep we have to shut off our inner senses,
    • because during sleep we must not perceive through sight, yet we are
    • especially each night, for while we are asleep we withdraw from it
    • the sphere wherein he is actually asleep. There, man is a cosmic being
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • waking until the time of falling asleep; but the other part of
    • asleep and awaking is just as important. In the real sense, the human
    • being is not unconscious when he is asleep; his consciousness is
    • consciousness. But the whole man — in waking and sleeping life
    • broken: waking-sleeping; waking-sleeping. But you are also there while
    • you sleep; and in studying the whole human being, waking life and
    • sleeping life must be taken into consideration. A third thing must
    • spiritual world. For besides waking life and sleeping life there is a
    • world than waking and sleeping life as such. I mean the actual act of
    • waking and the actual act of going to sleep, which last only a moment,
    • sleep, we shall find they shed great light on the spiritual world. In
    • of falling asleep the spiritual world approaches us with power; but we
    • immediately fall asleep, losing consciousness of what has passed
    • These moments of waking and of falling asleep are of the utmost
    • the moment of falling asleep is ‘past’ when the moment of
    • asleep has not gone; we are only, at the moment of waking, a little
    • asleep, and again at the moment of waking. (As I have said, this
    • As I told you, the moments of waking and falling asleep are of
    • there are no single moments of falling asleep or of waking when we do
    • The moment of falling asleep is especially favourable for us to turn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • waking until the time of falling asleep; but the other part of
    • asleep and awaking is just as important. In the real sense, the human
    • being is not unconscious when he is asleep; his consciousness is
    • consciousness. But the whole man — in waking and sleeping life
    • broken: waking-sleeping; waking-sleeping. But you are also there while
    • you sleep; and in studying the whole human being, waking life and
    • sleeping life must be taken into consideration. A third thing must
    • spiritual world. For besides waking life and sleeping life there is a
    • world than waking and sleeping life as such. I mean the actual act of
    • waking and the actual act of going to sleep, which last only a moment,
    • sleep, we shall find they shed great light on the spiritual world. In
    • of falling asleep the spiritual world approaches us with power; but we
    • immediately fall asleep, losing consciousness of what has passed
    • These moments of waking and of falling asleep are of the utmost
    • the moment of falling asleep is ‘past’ when the moment of
    • asleep has not gone; we are only, at the moment of waking, a little
    • asleep, and again at the moment of waking. (As I have said, this
    • As I told you, the moments of waking and falling asleep are of
    • there are no single moments of falling asleep or of waking when we do
    • The moment of falling asleep is especially favourable for us to turn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture II: Ancient Wisdom and the new Apocalyptic Wisdom. Temple sleep. Isis and the Madonna. Past stages of Evolution. The bestowing of the Ego. Future Powers.
    Matching lines:
    • Temple sleep. Isis and the Madonna. Past stages of Evolution.
    • Ancient Wisdom and the new Apocalyptic Wisdom. Temple sleep. Isis and the Madonna. Past stages of Evolution. The bestowing of the Ego. Future Powers.
    • world and life. I mean what is called “temple-sleep.”
    • The unique fact lying at the foundation of temple-sleep is that among
    • nature of temple-sleep, which was one of the remedies employed by the
    • most cases taken to the temple and there put into a kind of sleep. It
    • was not an ordinary sleep, but a kind of somnambulistic sleep which
    • chaotic dreams merely but of seeing orderly visions. During this sleep
    • which passed before the sleeper; they could control and guide them.
    • Let us suppose that an invalid was put into a temple-sleep. The priest
    • somnambulistic sleep, the invalid then entered a world of etheric
    • today), was able to control the entire sleep. He formed and fashioned
    • appeared before the sleeper, as if by magic, those forms which at one
    • temple-sleep. He saw in particular certain figures which were
    • him; this was only possible in somnambulistic sleep. The wise priest
    • patient had been suppressed. Temple sleep had therefore a very real
    • temple-sleep. The spiritual conception of the world is a curative
    • find that temple-sleep is not unintelligible to us. What was it that
    • was conjured up before the sleeper in the temple in his etheric
    • when the priests guided these visions so that the temple-sleeper had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture III: The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • with them during sleep. Such Beings were to be found everywhere who
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture IV: The Outer Manifestations of Spiritual Beings in the Elements. Their connection with Man. Cosmic partitions. The Myth of Osiris.
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic sleep after which there emerged from the womb of the cosmos
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture V: The sacrifice of the substance by the Thrones, Kyriotetes, Dynami's, and Exusiai. Jehovah and the Elohim, and their co-operative activity in the stages of human Development.
    Matching lines:
    • stage. Such consciousness as we have in dreamless sleep — the
    • consciousness possessed by eternally sleeping plants — is clearer
    • In the same way, dreamless-sleep consciousness, which was first given
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VI: The Spirits of Form as regents of earthly existence. Participation of the Luciferic beings. The formation of race.
    Matching lines:
    • We know when man is asleep today that his physical and etheric body
    • your astral body withdrew on going to sleep, and your vision was
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VII: Animal forms -- the physiognomical expression of human passions. The religion of Egypt -- a remembrance of Lemurian times. Fish and serpent symbols. The remembrance of Atlantis in Europe. The Light of Christ.
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping. Gradually the condition developed in which man was more
    • still preserved today in the alternation between waking and sleeping.
    • physical, etheric, and astral bodies, and his ego. When he is asleep
    • this condition may be compared with that of sleep. Now we must clearly
    • a sleep-consciousness; so has man's physical and etheric body during
    • sleep. But at the present time during sleep the astral body and ego of
    • difference between the conditions of sleeping and waking as exists
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VIII: Mans connection with the various planetary bodies. The earth's mission.
    Matching lines:
    • world-sleep called “pralaya,” and when the beings again came
    • still — it is dreamless sleep consciousness. Man is not without
    • consciousness when asleep; neither is a plant without consciousness;
    • its consciousness is the same as that of man in ordinary sleep. Sleep
    • what is around him during the state of dreamless sleep. This is a
    • consciousness plants have, but in a sleeping form. If one rises to
    • when man is asleep at night and the astral body and ego are withdrawn
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The progress of man. His conquest of the physical plane in the post-Atlantean civilizations. The beginning and up-building of the 'I am.' The chosen people.
    Matching lines:
    • physical body he did not sink into dreamless sleep, but was able to
    • other lectures that sleep is by no means unnecessary for man; it serves
    • sleeping and waking, for example) were able to obtain a clear view
    • intermediate condition between sleeping and waking could enter into
    • During the Atlantean epoch men knew that during sleep, when outside
    • different. Then, during sleep, when at night the astral body and ego
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture X: The reflection in the fourth epoch of mans experiences with the ancient Gods and their way of the Cross. The Christ-Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. We saw that in the Atlantean epoch he perceived only blurred
    • not only during sleep but also after death — man entered a world
    • We have already said that in the Atlantean epoch, during sleep, man
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Ancient Wisdom And The New Apocalyptic Wisdom. Temple Sleep. Isis And
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • men, of cowards, of hot-tempered people, of sleepyheads. In a way
    • what sort of bodily proportions the sleepyheads have, and so on. Even
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • men, of cowards, of hot-tempered people, of sleepyheads. In a way
    • what sort of bodily proportions the sleepyheads have, and so on. Even
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • active in man, but only while he sleeps. In your foods live the
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • active in man, but only while he sleeps. In your foods live the
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • have of the life of sleep.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • have of the life of sleep.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • man cannot sleep properly, that is to say, when his astral body will
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • man cannot sleep properly, that is to say, when his astral body will
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • orientation we then have, we should at most perhaps be able to sleep
    • the foot, is horizontally directed. We might at most be able to sleep,
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • orientation we then have, we should at most perhaps be able to sleep
    • the foot, is horizontally directed. We might at most be able to sleep,
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • world of sleep, into the sleeping condition, a body of detrimental,
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • world of sleep, into the sleeping condition, a body of detrimental,
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha and its Relation to the Sleep of Man.
    • The Three Stages of Sleep
    • soon realise that, in the sleeping condition, as opposed to the
    • of the sleeping condition.
    • state of sleep there emerges first the life of dreams. This
    • point of rousing himself out of sleep and returning to ordinary
    • person sleeps, the astral body and Ego are outside the physical
    • actual sleep. The dream pictures arise only at the moment when
    • etheric body, or at the moment of falling asleep when, on
    • leaving the physical body, the sleeper lingers in the etheric
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • place in the soul when people sleep. They dive down into the
    • yourselves someone asleep. During sleep, processes of the
    • soul. Nothing is known of all this because in sleep the person
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • during sleep. Imaginative consciousness is only able to behold
    • consciousness and knowledge of them. In sleep we all live
    • is everyone immersed, in sleep, in the formative forces of the
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha and its Relation to the Sleep of Man.
    • The Three Stages of Sleep
    • soon realise that, in the sleeping condition, as opposed to the
    • of the sleeping condition.
    • state of sleep there emerges first the life of dreams. This
    • point of rousing himself out of sleep and returning to ordinary
    • person sleeps, the astral body and Ego are outside the physical
    • actual sleep. The dream pictures arise only at the moment when
    • etheric body, or at the moment of falling asleep when, on
    • leaving the physical body, the sleeper lingers in the etheric
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • place in the soul when people sleep. They dive down into the
    • yourselves someone asleep. During sleep, processes of the
    • soul. Nothing is known of all this because in sleep the person
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • during sleep. Imaginative consciousness is only able to behold
    • consciousness and knowledge of them. In sleep we all live
    • is everyone immersed, in sleep, in the formative forces of the
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, the etheric body remains within the physical body, and that
    • falling asleep and awakening. We have often discussed, up to a point,
    • human being is asleep, and in particular at the etheric body. In this
    • when the human being is asleep.
    • sense-organs, are not filled by any activity during sleep. Over its
    • asleep and awakening. This is a characteristic fact: in the same
    • after the moment of falling asleep, a more and more lively activity of
    • sleeping human being — that is to say upon the part of the human
    • or vital body during sleep.
    • For example, from the moment of falling asleep there is a particular
    • had stored up forces for an activity that develops only after sleep
    • irradiate the interior of the physical part of the sleeping human
    • during sleep can be described in this way. Into this there flows a
    • sleep — a kind of humming and singing, a changing murmur within
    • his organism — continues during sleep itself as a music,
    • interior of man during sleep. From falling asleep to awakening, this
    • been repeated for the soul during sleep. But this is a more
    • nature, in the shining stream which during earthly sleep flows from
    • during sleep, these streams can be followed further along their course
    • activity is somewhat different from that I have described for sleep;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, the etheric body remains within the physical body, and that
    • falling asleep and awakening. We have often discussed, up to a point,
    • human being is asleep, and in particular at the etheric body. In this
    • when the human being is asleep.
    • sense-organs, are not filled by any activity during sleep. Over its
    • asleep and awakening. This is a characteristic fact: in the same
    • after the moment of falling asleep, a more and more lively activity of
    • sleeping human being — that is to say upon the part of the human
    • or vital body during sleep.
    • For example, from the moment of falling asleep there is a particular
    • had stored up forces for an activity that develops only after sleep
    • irradiate the interior of the physical part of the sleeping human
    • during sleep can be described in this way. Into this there flows a
    • sleep — a kind of humming and singing, a changing murmur within
    • his organism — continues during sleep itself as a music,
    • interior of man during sleep. From falling asleep to awakening, this
    • been repeated for the soul during sleep. But this is a more
    • nature, in the shining stream which during earthly sleep flows from
    • during sleep, these streams can be followed further along their course
    • activity is somewhat different from that I have described for sleep;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • condition resembling that of sleep — and yet again wholly
    • different from sleep. The researches of Spiritual Science into the
    • sleeping state, tell us that the outer bodily being of man remains in
    • during sleep with such diminished intensity that unconsciousness
    • this ‘Mystery Initiation’), a kind of sleeping state was
    • sleeping — indeed in a death-like condition — but the
    • life of sleep could know the reality of existence as a citizen of the
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • condition resembling that of sleep — and yet again wholly
    • different from sleep. The researches of Spiritual Science into the
    • sleeping state, tell us that the outer bodily being of man remains in
    • during sleep with such diminished intensity that unconsciousness
    • this ‘Mystery Initiation’), a kind of sleeping state was
    • sleeping — indeed in a death-like condition — but the
    • life of sleep could know the reality of existence as a citizen of the
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • out in the fields at noon and fall asleep instead of returning to
    • is obviously a dream which comes to a man because he is sleeping out
    •  For when I sleep I dream,
    • sleeping man. When he is asleep, the human being is, in a
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • out in the fields at noon and fall asleep instead of returning to
    • is obviously a dream which comes to a man because he is sleeping out
    •  For when I sleep I dream,
    • sleeping man. When he is asleep, the human being is, in a
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • — vegetalization of the soul! Vegetables sleep — and the human
    • soul also tends to sleep. In a sleeping state we pass through the most
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • — vegetalization of the soul! Vegetables sleep — and the human
    • soul also tends to sleep. In a sleeping state we pass through the most
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • other is true, so does man come, between falling asleep and
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • other is true, so does man come, between falling asleep and
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • sleep.’ Thus people connected perceiving and thinking with
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Isis, found that she is asleep. And so one can say: the real
    • is the sleeping new Isis, a sleeping figure — visible —
    • visitor, once approached the sleeping figure of the new Isis, and
    • then again and again. And the sleeping Isis considered this visitor
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • resemble the sleeping Isis — I have purposely spoken of the
    • sleeping Isis! The greatest part of mankind is sleeping
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • human being rests during sleep. The scientific view indeed
    • asleep and begins again when he wakes; in other words, so far as the
    • organism is concerned, sleep is nothing but repose, a state in which
    • human activity is at rest. But sleep is by no means merely rest; we
    • must realise that from the time of falling asleep to the moment of
    • and astral body are doing during sleep; none the less their
    • immersed during sleep is that, at the present stage of the Earth's
    • sleep and they work on into the life of day, into man's
    • earliest period, as a tiny child, the human being as it were sleeps
    • times when a child is actually and obviously asleep, but of the whole
    • referring to this period during which the human being is ‘sleeping’
    • now, what develops out of this sleeping state at the beginning of
    • of sleep, into his physical existence. There are three faculties
    • human being passes over from the waking to the sleeping state. During
    • sleep, the physical and etheric bodies lie resting in the physical
    • separated from the physical and etheric bodies during sleep, we find
    • interesting to watch the human being falling asleep and waking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • human being rests during sleep. The scientific view indeed
    • asleep and begins again when he wakes; in other words, so far as the
    • organism is concerned, sleep is nothing but repose, a state in which
    • human activity is at rest. But sleep is by no means merely rest; we
    • must realise that from the time of falling asleep to the moment of
    • and astral body are doing during sleep; none the less their
    • immersed during sleep is that, at the present stage of the Earth's
    • sleep and they work on into the life of day, into man's
    • earliest period, as a tiny child, the human being as it were sleeps
    • times when a child is actually and obviously asleep, but of the whole
    • referring to this period during which the human being is ‘sleeping’
    • now, what develops out of this sleeping state at the beginning of
    • of sleep, into his physical existence. There are three faculties
    • human being passes over from the waking to the sleeping state. During
    • sleep, the physical and etheric bodies lie resting in the physical
    • separated from the physical and etheric bodies during sleep, we find
    • interesting to watch the human being falling asleep and waking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness altogether send most people to sleep after a short
    • more around us than it is in deep, dreamless, sleep ... but a world
    • experiences undergone during sleep. And after all, in the urges and
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness altogether send most people to sleep after a short
    • more around us than it is in deep, dreamless, sleep ... but a world
    • experiences undergone during sleep. And after all, in the urges and
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • moment of falling asleep, the human being dreams awake within his
    • is fast asleep; it sleeps even when we are otherwise awake. In
    • reality, we are only awake in our life of thoughts. You fall asleep
    • which takes place from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • interrupted, as it were, by the life of sleep. In the same way in
    • which the life of sleep inserts itself, from the standpoint of time,
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • to you during sleep, just as little do you know what takes place with
    • consciousness, as the condition of sleep is hidden in the darkness of
    • the sleeping, willing part of the human being, and what occurs from
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • moment of falling asleep, the human being dreams awake within his
    • is fast asleep; it sleeps even when we are otherwise awake. In
    • reality, we are only awake in our life of thoughts. You fall asleep
    • which takes place from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • interrupted, as it were, by the life of sleep. In the same way in
    • which the life of sleep inserts itself, from the standpoint of time,
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • to you during sleep, just as little do you know what takes place with
    • consciousness, as the condition of sleep is hidden in the darkness of
    • the sleeping, willing part of the human being, and what occurs from
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, for in both cases the soul-spiritual part is lifted out of
    • what takes place with the human being when he is asleep.
    • soul-spiritual part of a sleeping human being. When a man is awake,
    • physical-corporeal part; but let us now imagine a sleeping human
    • cease completely while we are asleep. To begin with, and seen purely
    • from outside, the sleeping human being lying there on the bed has a
    • and etheric body of the man lying there asleep on the bed do not
    • description of a sleeping human being, of this physical and etheric
    • human being, lying there asleep on his bed. A clairvoyant seer must
    • where the human beings are now sleeping. Now it is night. (I am
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • the sleeping human bodies.
    • earth thinks through these sleeping human bodies. The earth always
    • seer; the earth thinks because it makes use of the sleeping human
    • beings. Every sleeping human being becomes, as it were, a
    • We may discern in the sleeping human body parts of the earth's brain,
    • and when the human being is asleep, we may discern in his etheric
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, for in both cases the soul-spiritual part is lifted out of
    • what takes place with the human being when he is asleep.
    • soul-spiritual part of a sleeping human being. When a man is awake,
    • physical-corporeal part; but let us now imagine a sleeping human
    • cease completely while we are asleep. To begin with, and seen purely
    • from outside, the sleeping human being lying there on the bed has a
    • and etheric body of the man lying there asleep on the bed do not
    • description of a sleeping human being, of this physical and etheric
    • human being, lying there asleep on his bed. A clairvoyant seer must
    • where the human beings are now sleeping. Now it is night. (I am
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • the sleeping human bodies.
    • earth thinks through these sleeping human bodies. The earth always
    • seer; the earth thinks because it makes use of the sleeping human
    • beings. Every sleeping human being becomes, as it were, a
    • We may discern in the sleeping human body parts of the earth's brain,
    • and when the human being is asleep, we may discern in his etheric
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, but there he only arrives at pictures of nature other than
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, but there he only arrives at pictures of nature other than
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • We say that we sleep
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • know sleep only in its negative aspect, that it dulls consciousness.
    • being awake, the time from the moment of falling asleep to the moment
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • up. Yet we do not, as a rule, observe the other kind of sleep, in
    • asleep, when we walk about in our everyday life, steeped in illusions
    • modern times, we do not only sleep when we lie in our bed at night
    • (this is actually the better kind of sleep), but we are also asleep
    • unwilling to progress to a spiritual self-knowledge. We sleep another
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • this, we must indeed observe the nature of sleep from the moment of
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • the human constitution is concerned sleep is the same for modern man
    • sleep as we do. This soul-constitution in particular should be
    • When, during sleep, the
    • really dwell while we are asleep?
    • the soul really experiences from the moment of falling asleep to the
    • And while we were asleep, we lived from the moment of falling asleep
    • dwell, when we are asleep, and there, the souls that are not yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • We say that we sleep
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • know sleep only in its negative aspect, that it dulls consciousness.
    • being awake, the time from the moment of falling asleep to the moment
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • up. Yet we do not, as a rule, observe the other kind of sleep, in
    • asleep, when we walk about in our everyday life, steeped in illusions
    • modern times, we do not only sleep when we lie in our bed at night
    • (this is actually the better kind of sleep), but we are also asleep
    • unwilling to progress to a spiritual self-knowledge. We sleep another
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • this, we must indeed observe the nature of sleep from the moment of
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • the human constitution is concerned sleep is the same for modern man
    • sleep as we do. This soul-constitution in particular should be
    • When, during sleep, the
    • really dwell while we are asleep?
    • the soul really experiences from the moment of falling asleep to the
    • And while we were asleep, we lived from the moment of falling asleep
    • dwell, when we are asleep, and there, the souls that are not yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • when we are asleep. Just as we know nothing of our physical
    • Ego-consciousness when we are asleep, so we know nothing concerning
    • we sleep, or rather, through the fact that we rest during our sleep,
    • we cannot adjust everything by sleeping. Thus we wear out our
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • when we are asleep. Just as we know nothing of our physical
    • Ego-consciousness when we are asleep, so we know nothing concerning
    • we sleep, or rather, through the fact that we rest during our sleep,
    • we cannot adjust everything by sleeping. Thus we wear out our
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • the outer light-ether; sleep only consists in that part of the astral body
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • the outer light-ether; sleep only consists in that part of the astral body
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, during the night. It was not until the middle of Atlantean
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • observe man both in a waking and sleeping state.
    • a man lies asleep, the physical and etheric bodies lie in bed and the
    • body active when the human being is asleep. To be exact, we would
    • human being's sleeping physical body are also within the human being
    • actually do during sleep? We can in truth say fairly accurately that
    • between waking and sleeping, and the astral body in seven times
    • asleep. This I into which he plunges when he falls asleep and which
    • body during sleep. If he sleeps in the daytime he also goes into this
    • etheric bodies during sleep. This brings about changes in man's inner
    • become displaced. Man can also sleep in the daytime, and stay awake
    • man had wished to sleep in the daytime and stay awake at night. He
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • way that people are awake when they would otherwise be asleep and
    • asleep when they ought to be awake. If anything like being awake at
    • night or sleeping in the daytime had occurred in Lemurian times, and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned. During life, when man is asleep, he lays his etheric body
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • physical bodies were sleepy. Yet because they were led as though by
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • happens to him during sleep, i.e. the restoration of forces used up
    • death and the condition of sleep is fundamentally one of
    • passed over from creation into existence. From the viewpoint of sleep
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • that no human being could sleep in that position and therefore the
    • then say to ourselves: when a human being is asleep, his Ego and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • astral body, vanishes during sleep and wakens again in the morning.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • for sleep. We then connect our various experiences; one makes a
    • strange moments of transition from waking life to sleep or from sleep
    • human beings leave the Earth, either in sleep or at death, they pass
    • in space and go their own way. A plant is bound to sleep when the
    • and for this reason he is able to sleep by day, even when the sun is
    • sleep, how this condition is independent of the world of the stars,
    • as indicated by the fact that a man can also sleep in the daytime,
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • happens to him during sleep, i.e. the restoration of forces used up
    • death and the condition of sleep is fundamentally one of
    • the simple fact that during sleep the human being has no
    • what happens to him during sleep. During sleep the forces used up
    • of his members either during sleep or during his entire existence on
    • namely, the condition of sleep, this difference can be characterised
    • sleep can be characterised as follows.
    • When the human being sleeps during his earthly
    • that our condition in sleep is objectively far more similar to the
    • is that during sleep in normal life the human being has no
    • body during sleep he would be in the same condition as he is between
    • human being lives on Earth, therefore also during sleep, he is bound
    • Our conception of the state of sleep is, as a rule, too
    • the state of sleep — and rightly so — by saying that the
    • the standpoint of Spiritual Science the sleep that occurs at a more
    • quite different matter from ordinary sleep at night. What I have now
    • therefore not consider an afternoon nap but the sleep of a healthy
    • picture of the Ego when a human being is asleep, actually becomes
    • form of an oval (A) but during sleep divides into two parts (B), one
    • while a human being is asleep. The upper part of the Ego-aura
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • night the human being sleeps, for then the ‘I’ of the
    • they are during sleep at night, to speak of the permanence of man’s
    • refuted by every sleep at night, for then this ‘I’ is
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • passed over from creation into existence. From the viewpoint of sleep
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • the world from the other side, namely, from the side of sleep. What
    • can be seen during sleep is for the most part concealed from man's
    • present faculty of perception. As soon as a person goes to sleep,
    • observation is also possible during sleep, most of what a man sees to
    • during sleep we see something quite different. We see nothing of what
    • and as if the Earth, observed from the viewpoint of sleep, contained
    • state, is revealed when contemplated from the viewpoint of sleep. And
    • perception exercised from the viewpoint of sleep, we see nothing
    • human kingdom — that is to say, from the viewpoint of sleep we
    • sleep, in other words, when we become clairvoyant, having wakened
    • spiritually during sleep.
    • sleep, this human body itself has a singular appearance, a
    • human body as seen during sleep show a certain similarity with the
    • onwards, when seen from the viewpoint of sleep, reveals a constant
    • process of decay, of destruction. Every night during sleep the forces
    • of sleep we are actually witnessing a process of destruction —
    • the viewpoint of sleep, because then we know that it is the
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • place but almost as soon as they get seated, they are already asleep!
    • falling asleep, is preparing himself to become, after death, a helper
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic sleep took place. During the transition from Old Moon to
    • from that cosmic sleep. During the epoch of Old Moon, therefore, the
    • Old Moon passes into the cosmic sleep and out of this condition the
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • and he is particularly active when human beings talk in sleep or in
  • Title: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • and he is particularly active when human beings talk in sleep or in
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness outside sleep it is a destructive activity.
    • what is actually sleeping in regard to ordinary Consciousness (in the
    • same way that from going to sleep to awaking a person sleeps in
    • just as dreams surge up into our sleep. Feelings actually surge up
    • asleep in the human being. Regarding the feelings and emotions it
    • difficult, because the will is sleeping in relation to the higher
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • we otherwise bear within us as if in a sleeping state only by
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • sleep, too, indirectly, when with our ego and astral body we are
    • sleep when we have our astral body freely around us, and also in
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • sleep, too, indirectly, when with our ego and astral body we are
    • sleep when we have our astral body freely around us, and also in
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • ego-consciousness here upon the earth when we are asleep. Just as we
    • know nothing of our physical ego-consciousness when we are asleep, so
    • we sleep, or rather, through the fact that we rest during our sleep,
    • older, we know that we cannot adjust everything by sleeping. Thus we
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • ego-consciousness here upon the earth when we are asleep. Just as we
    • know nothing of our physical ego-consciousness when we are asleep, so
    • we sleep, or rather, through the fact that we rest during our sleep,
    • older, we know that we cannot adjust everything by sleeping. Thus we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness in sleep. Division of man. His power on a future
    • Bluthuf, horse of Freyr. Miraculous expanding at sleep and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of man during sleep.
    • Just picture to yourselves the sleep condition of man.
    • In sleep man emerges, as regards his astral body and ‘ I ’,
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • and his fourteenth year, he would have a sleep consciousness. From
    • appreciation of physical nature still sleeps, whilst the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • ‘ I ’ was more or less asleep, that is to say,
    • sleeping. When he gazed into the spiritual world, he looked into the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • between day-waking and night-sleeping. Just as the human soul during
    • sleep and until the moment of waking is spread out in the macrocosm,
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • who are asleep in their souls can overlook this fact Europe as
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • to bring such visions out of sleep as these shepherds brought. But in
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • states, waking life and sleep. In waking life man lives, consciously;
    • during sleep, consciousness ceases.
    • conscious between the time of falling asleep and awaking. But they are
    • form that it takes involuntarily when he goes to sleep. He orders his
    • sleep. Yet, on the other hand, what is now brought about is the
    • complete opposite of the sleep-condition. Whereas during sleep we
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, during which even for that the command had to be heeded: “Thou
    • outstretched, and with this hand touching that of the still-sleeping
    • Adam. We can observe how sleep is gradually receding by the ray of
    • body of the sleeping human being if we really feel him to be what
    • spiritual reality of man as he really is in sleep which we have
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, during which even for that the command had to be heeded: “Thou
    • outstretched, and with this hand touching that of the still-sleeping
    • Adam. We can observe how sleep is gradually receding by the ray of
    • body of the sleeping human being if we really feel him to be what
    • spiritual reality of man as he really is in sleep which we have
  • Title: Contents: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • About sleep. The contrast
    • sleep. Germs and ghosts. The nature of germs. Spiritual thoughts as
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture One: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part One)
    Matching lines:
    • physical and our etheric bodies behind in sleep. In our usual dreams
    • we have left behind in sleep. However, we are then not aware of our
    • our etheric body in sleep and becoming aware of some of its
    • etheric body. Under the special conditions of sleep one part of the
    • in sleep. It contains things we are not at all aware of when we are
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Three: Awakening Spiritual Thoughts
    Matching lines:
    • About sleep. The contrast
    • sleep. Germs and ghosts. The nature of germs. Spiritual thoughts as
    • life in sleep as we do about life after death. And certainly no one
    • can deny that we continue to live in sleep — unless such a
    • being is really present in a sleeping body lying in bed.
    • The fact that we sleep
    • soul is not present in our physical body when we sleep. In fact, they
    • not connected with our physical body when we are sleeping. It will
    • to know something about sleep. Therefore let us begin today and get
    • nature of sleep.
    • spiritual science that when we fall asleep, two members of our being,
    • Where are the ego and the astral body when we are asleep? To begin
    • different way when we are asleep than when we are awake. Now, it may
    • describe this situation by saying that in sleep our ego and astral
    • In sleep they actually leave only the blood and nervous system. But
    • which our ego and astral body are connected when we sleep, have been
    • And the remarkable fact is that while we are sleeping, we strongly
    • blood from the nerves, when we are asleep.
    • is of some consequence how we enter sleep with our ego and astral
    • body. Materialists will not care much about what happens in sleep to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Five: The Blessing of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. The sense organs are laid aside in sleep; there is no activity
    • of the senses, and the limbs are at rest. While we sleep, we are
    • of events. We are unconscious in sleep; our consciousness dissolves
    • voluntarily create the state sleep causes as natural necessity. The
    • only difference is that sleep leads to a loss of consciousness, but
    • the activity of our organs and limbs as we do in sleep. In terms of
    • our body, we have to behave just as in sleep. However, in sleep we
    • is what sleep is to our ordinary state of consciousness.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Six: Faith and Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • our physical bodies with every thought, every feeling. We must sleep
    • builds up, and thus suppresses it. When we are sleeping, compensation
    • sleep replaces exactly as much as has been depleted. If we decided to
    • sleep more, as some retired people do, we would sleep too much. Of
    • course, that is no objection to sleeping a lot. Since intellectual
    • kind of work need much sleep. But if we sleep too much, we have too
    • itself from life. In the morning, after sleep, our eyes have been
    • during the night when we were asleep, but that on waking up we were
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • asleep.
    • Spiritual Science: during sleep the Ego and astral body are outside
    • our physical and etheric bodies, so that while we are asleep in a
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • borne in mind. As human beings we do not sleep only by night. We
    • actually sleep by day as well, only the day-sleep is less noticeable
    • than the night-sleep. In nightly sleep, man's life of thought is
    • sleep. By day it is the life of will that is more wrapped in sleep,
    • and this sleep is not so noticeable because man is less conscious in
    • will they do it as day-sleepers, and being for this reason unable to
    • surrounding us in modern life. In nightly sleep, we sink into this
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • Ahrimanic environment for what is asleep in us alike by night and by
    • man's life was such that in sleep he was separated from Nature only
    • how many prefer to dream (the Lord giveth to His own in sleep!), how
    • should not live through in the drowsiness of sleep and dream what
    • of Spiritual Science sleep and dream their way through all the
    • make their way through the world in the drowsiness of sleep and
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • asleep.
    • Spiritual Science: during sleep the Ego and astral body are outside
    • our physical and etheric bodies, so that while we are asleep in a
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • borne in mind. As human beings we do not sleep only by night. We
    • actually sleep by day as well, only the day-sleep is less noticeable
    • than the night-sleep. In nightly sleep, man's life of thought is
    • sleep. By day it is the life of will that is more wrapped in sleep,
    • and this sleep is not so noticeable because man is less conscious in
    • will they do it as day-sleepers, and being for this reason unable to
    • surrounding us in modern life. In nightly sleep, we sink into this
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • Ahrimanic environment for what is asleep in us alike by night and by
    • man's life was such that in sleep he was separated from Nature only
    • how many prefer to dream (the Lord giveth to His own in sleep!), how
    • should not live through in the drowsiness of sleep and dream what
    • of Spiritual Science sleep and dream their way through all the
    • make their way through the world in the drowsiness of sleep and
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • need to sleep which appears in the form of fatigue.
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • should be compared with man's sleeping condition. If comparisons
    • Man falls asleep; i.e., he
    • Earth is asleep; summer is the earth's real sleeping condition
    • upon the sleeping human being, we see that when he falls asleep
    • the first moments of sleep are like the beginning of a vegetative
    • process; to the clairvoyant, sleep appears as if the body were
    • Sleeping man is indeed a beautiful sight — I mean, to the
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • need to sleep which appears in the form of fatigue.
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • should be compared with man's sleeping condition. If comparisons
    • Man falls asleep; i.e., he
    • Earth is asleep; summer is the earth's real sleeping condition
    • upon the sleeping human being, we see that when he falls asleep
    • the first moments of sleep are like the beginning of a vegetative
    • process; to the clairvoyant, sleep appears as if the body were
    • Sleeping man is indeed a beautiful sight — I mean, to the
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • at once a riddle. His condition every time he sleeps, lying motionless
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • is only present in me in the waking state, not when I am asleep. If
    • going on during both waking and sleeping states. One might doubt this
    • snakes; they sleep in order to digest. But what takes place through
    • thoughts passively acquired, one falls asleep. The moment one ceases
    • to perceive or think, sleep ensues, for ordinary consciousness is passively
    • man we do not fall asleep, but expose our empty consciousness to the
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • of man is submerged whenever he sleeps and arises anew when he wakes.
    • of moral adjustments when you sleep?
    • in Bergsonism today. But every sleep refutes this. For, from the moment
    • we fall asleep to the moment of waking, a certain time elapses; and
    • when we sleep, and is dependent on every rising and falling tide of
    • this for us when we are tired and fall asleep. But it becomes more
    • world is still there; when you fall asleep the world is still there.
    • Ordinary consciousness only knows emptiness in sleep, and then in the
    • impressions, yet not sleeping — merely ‘waking’. Yet
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • indirectly through sleep — something that passes through death,
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the alternating states of waking and sleeping. It is from
    • during sleep; sense activity and the thinking based upon it are, however,
    • sleep. At most we can say that the dream life finds expression when
    • man sleeps. But we must certainly not assume that these psychical processes
    • of man's psychical processes is also present in sleep. We must admit,
    • however, that this vehicle does not act on man during sleep, i.e. that
    • and stimulates this consciousness to think, does not act on man in sleep.
    • ceases while we sleep.
    • even external considerations show us that sleep takes something
    • active, in sleep as in the waking state. Moreover, all the processes
    • we described as belonging to the etheric organism continue during sleep.
    • In sleep man grows, he carries on the inner activities of digestion
    • But these destructive forces do not overpower man in sleep; therefore
    • that the etheric organism is also present during sleep.
    • to the life of sleep. We must actually investigate whether there is
    • that something is lifted out of man when he sleeps.
    • If there is something that is outside man in sleep, how does it behave
    • induce the state of sleep artificially; this, however, is no mere sleep
    • them what I had to assume as outside of man during sleep no longer remains
    • of sleep begin to emerge, as memories do in ordinary life. Only, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • speak of the alternating states of sleeping and waking, which are known
    • we sleep — soul life, dream life, a life that ordinary consciousness,
    • his blanket, grasped in sleep. These things can go much further. A man
    • asleep and dreaming, compose subjects for quite good paintings. If you
    • bodies in sleep. Remembering this, we shall not be surprised to learn
    • during sleep. It cannot be the ego, for this knows nothing of the symbolic
    • the astral body of man that, in sleep, shapes these symbolic pictures
    • body between falling asleep and waking up.
    • study the alternating states of waking and sleeping in this intimate
    • a sleep-walker, to another station. Here he changed, bought another
    • with his ego out of his physical and etheric bodies in sleep; every
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • does not help you here; you ought properly to sleep and dream of man,
    • man knows of himself while he dreams — dreams in his sleep — we
    • imagination leads directly from a study of the waking and sleeping man
    • and in the sleeping man. Consider your ordinary memories. What you remember
    • he experiences when asleep. We now see that he has already lived through
    • the above when asleep; but it remained quite unconscious. The difference
    • between the experience in sleep and the experience after death becomes
    • by sleep. Now a man who is not a ‘sleepy-head’ will spend
    • of his life asleep. During this third he does, in fact, live through
    • Nevertheless in deep sleep we do experience unconsciously the whole
    • they are helped or hindered by us; in sleep we experience unconsciously
    • fun of these exceedingly earliest matters: If one sleeps away the greater
    • longer; if one sleeps little, it will be shorter. On an average it will
    • last a third of one's life, for one spends that in sleep. So if a man
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • and arise in sleep when the hindrances of the physical and etheric organism
    • we have experienced (unconsciously, in sleep) become visible, and in
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • promise. But all that is now dormant; souls have gone to sleep. Those
    • really not sleep through these things, but that we should grasp them
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • only wakeful consciousness within our sleeping civilization. I should
    • lightly over things, usually asleep — how it passes over the
    • humanity of today is still soundly asleep to the fact that such a
    • sleep. That is why one has to say that whoever reads a declaration
    • is asleep, and that Rome is awake. That Rome is awake is revealed by
    • being asleep over these things today, but of knowing how to
    • mankind remained asleep. The next step was the Encyclical of 1864
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness bears to sleep consciousness, or at any rate to dream
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • awakening is in store for many who would have preferred to sleep
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • awakening is in store for many who would have preferred to sleep
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • present-day man, when asleep, there is first of all the
    • astral aura arising from the sleeper. Man then finds
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • present-day man, when asleep, there is first of all the
    • astral aura arising from the sleeper. Man then finds
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Moon. Blood system as expression of the ego: Earth. In sleep,
    • sleep man enters into relationship with beings who provide him
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleeping. This is connected with the separation from
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • that a researcher has established the theory that the sleep activity
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sun; but their inner consciousness was illumined as today in sleep you
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of time that the person could hold out without sleep. Different people
    • vary very much in this: one is accustomed to sleep after every twelve
    • can keep himself from sleeping. Then the etheric body dissolves and
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping.
    • you would not have experienced the same alternation of waking and sleeping
    • sleeping in unconsciousness, did not exist formerly. When it was daytime
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Moon. Blood system as expression of the ego: Earth. In sleep,
    • world. Further, the beings which we call plants have a dreamless sleeping
    • by night, from going to sleep to waking up, the man of the present evolutionary
    • the transitional state of dream, they have what we may call a sleep
    • just the same dreamless sleep consciousness. The sleeping man, whether
    • parts of the sleeping human being.
    • turn again to the observation of the sleeping human being. When man
    • is asleep the physical and etheric bodies lie on the bed, the astral
    • and the sleeping physical and etheric bodies are absolutely alone. But
    • perception while the person sleeps. Let us suppose this person is altogether
    • in sleeping man the consciousness of the plants. But the plants on the
    • etheric bodies of sleeping man must likewise be sustained by beings
    • also sleeps dreamlessly like the plants. That the plants have only a
    • physical and an etheric body and that man in his sleeping condition
    • the sleep-condition. The consequence is that beings must now enter his
    • astral body too when the human being goes to sleep. And so it is: influences
    • its influences into him today when he sleeps. But there are not merely
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • sleep man enters into relationship with beings who provide him
    • the sleeping man the physical and etheric bodies lie on the bed, the
    • nature — detaches itself when man goes to sleep, but a part of
    • to sleep, that is, were never to draw fresh strengthening forces out
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • like a kind of awakening from a deep sleep, from a strange,
    • dream-filled sleep, in which one carries out the everyday
    • going to sleep the night before; that's how Peter
    • crystallized from the basis of the long sleep. From the
    • asleep. Their souls were already being gradually overtaken
    • by the sleeping state. Their normal consciousness sank into
    • a sleep which lasted through the event of Golgotha, and out
    • of deep sleep. Looking back, however, the time between the
    • normal reason, how they went like sleepwalkers alongside
    • together of the memories from the sleeping consciousness
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • While Jesus of Nazareth's body was as sleeping, the
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • fall asleep at night. External sense impressions disappeared. When we
    • are asleep, nothing enters into the place where the sense impressions
    • entered into eternal life; the others died in their sleep. The fallen
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • present day are asleep what they experience during the day does not
    • working at night. When a normal person of the present day falls asleep
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • fell asleep at night, the external picture disappeared for them but they
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • magicians. As we today use the powers asleep in coal, so the Atlantean
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • from the internal. In this way the difference between waking and sleeping
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 1: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • day and the unconscious life of sleep, the picture-life of dreams.
    • unconscious life of sleep. Merely in outline, in a way that the lay
    • cord becomes active when man sleeps and dreams, and is active at that
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 7: The Conscious Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • is here formed must again at once be dissolved by sleep, must be got
    • beneficent sleep acts upon us in the way we need, to the end that we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • own inner being! Imagine yourselves as having been asleep for a
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • day, during which we wake and sleep. Now of course you all know how
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to consider the rhythmic alternation of sleeping and waking. What
    • physical body is quite different in sleep, when the astral body with
    • forces of the physical body, in sleep these forces are being
    • place during sleep. But nothing which happens anywhere in space is
    • physical bodies from the time we awaken to the time we go to sleep
    • the universe, and during sleep with the forces of renewal.
    • could undertake the rebuilding of the physical body during sleep,
    • And to this day it is they who are active in us during sleep, when they
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • a much lower level. Let me give you an example. A man goes to sleep
    • passes into the condition of sleep. Suppose that the last thought he
    • had before he fell asleep in the evening was of a rose beside him.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • us when we are asleep, though the astral form is now quite different
    • from what it was in the time of which Genesis speaks. When man sleeps
    • peculiar life of the astral body during sleep. From my
    • you come back from the sleeping to the waking state you have absorbed
    • body quit the physical body when the human being falls asleep. But in
    • over the whole of our solar system. During sleep it is united with
    • astral body because during sleep it is in inner union with the starry
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • etheric bodies during sleep remain in the bed. When we are concerned
    • in sleep from the other human members (grown denser since that time);
    • that when today man in the state of sleep is with his finer members
    • only united with the planets in some kind of sleep, but after his
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • a penetration of sleep or of the dreams into the clear, everyday
    • penetration of a sleeping or dreaming condition into consciousness,
    • as one brings sleep into the ordinary world if one falls unconscious,
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • a penetration of sleep or of the dreams into the clear, everyday
    • penetration of a sleeping or dreaming condition into consciousness,
    • as one brings sleep into the ordinary world if one falls unconscious,
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • our complete consciousness, without taking our sleeping consciousness
    • night our lower nature wakes, while with our higher nature we sleep,
    • consciousness is awake, on the other side it sleeps and vice versa.
    • sleeps in the height of summer when there is growth on every side;
    • asleep. But it wakes to full consciousness during the time when
    • part of the Earth the plant consciousness is asleep, and in depth of
    • wakes during winter time and sleeps in summer? What is the peculiar
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • our complete consciousness, without taking our sleeping consciousness
    • night our lower nature wakes, while with our higher nature we sleep,
    • consciousness is awake, on the other side it sleeps and vice versa.
    • sleeps in the height of summer when there is growth on every side;
    • asleep. But it wakes to full consciousness during the time when
    • part of the Earth the plant consciousness is asleep, and in depth of
    • wakes during winter time and sleeps in summer? What is the peculiar
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, for otherwise, as a result of the powerlessness caused by the
    • sleep into which the souls of the peoples have fallen, the healing
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, for otherwise, as a result of the powerlessness caused by the
    • sleep into which the souls of the peoples have fallen, the healing
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • they went to sleep at night they passed into a spiritual
    • of sleep today.
    • When men went to sleep
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • they went to sleep at night they passed into a spiritual
    • of sleep today.
    • When men went to sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • does not go through life half asleep. We have seen the great
    • catastrophe (as, I believe, everyone who is not asleep must do); we
    • asleep and waking up, through intercourse with the spiritual world,
    • sleep and glows on, as it were, in us.. It will be more and more
    • souls are still asleep. There is a total lack of conscious
    • witness to the fact that men's souls are asleep; otherwise they would
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • does not go through life half asleep. We have seen the great
    • catastrophe (as, I believe, everyone who is not asleep must do); we
    • asleep and waking up, through intercourse with the spiritual world,
    • sleep and glows on, as it were, in us.. It will be more and more
    • souls are still asleep. There is a total lack of conscious
    • witness to the fact that men's souls are asleep; otherwise they would
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • past life on earth. A kind of sleep then ensues and after a few
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • past life on earth. A kind of sleep then ensues and after a few
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • hours of the night, turn their sleepy, but waking, eyes to the starry
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • hours of the night, turn their sleepy, but waking, eyes to the starry
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • the dryness and sleepiness of modern times, the relation human beings
    • falling asleep and awakening he enters this world. When you sleep,
    • the outer world. That is why the Ego-consciousness disappears in sleep,
    • it occurs in sleep and as it existed in fully conscious knowledge for the
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • the dryness and sleepiness of modern times, the relation human beings
    • falling asleep and awakening he enters this world. When you sleep,
    • the outer world. That is why the Ego-consciousness disappears in sleep,
    • it occurs in sleep and as it existed in fully conscious knowledge for the
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • world every time we go to sleep. When we fall asleep, the Ego is dulled,
    • virtually in a kind of sleep condition, spiritual inner faculties
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • world every time we go to sleep. When we fall asleep, the Ego is dulled,
    • virtually in a kind of sleep condition, spiritual inner faculties
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • Sun”, who lived in a kind of sleep during the thirteen nights
    • The Son of the Sun, Olaf Asteson, sleeps and dreams through the
    • sleeps and sleeps and experiences everything connected with
    • experienced in a sleeping condition during those thirteen days and
    • must once have been in a kind of sleeping condition during the
    • after a sleep-like state of existence.
    • when the human being lives in a kind of sleep. Before he draws his
    • through a state of development which is really a sleeping state of
    • dreamlike sleep, a state of existence into which we enter at night
    • when we fall asleep, and the last days of existence within our
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • Sun”, who lived in a kind of sleep during the thirteen nights
    • The Son of the Sun, Olaf Asteson, sleeps and dreams through the
    • sleeps and sleeps and experiences everything connected with
    • experienced in a sleeping condition during those thirteen days and
    • must once have been in a kind of sleeping condition during the
    • after a sleep-like state of existence.
    • when the human being lives in a kind of sleep. Before he draws his
    • through a state of development which is really a sleeping state of
    • dreamlike sleep, a state of existence into which we enter at night
    • when we fall asleep, and the last days of existence within our
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • fearful sleep. At the present moment, the Germans are, one
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • fearful sleep. At the present moment, the Germans are, one
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • normally only in sleep. Ordinarily, when he is with the
    • Olaf Asteson, still in a certain sense she underwent in sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • normally only in sleep. Ordinarily, when he is with the
    • Olaf Asteson, still in a certain sense she underwent in sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • condition midway between waking and sleeping, man gazed into all that
    • alternates between the waking and sleeping states and we think of
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • condition midway between waking and sleeping, man gazed into all that
    • alternates between the waking and sleeping states and we think of
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • the exception of the time of sleep), the being of soul and Spirit is
    • otherwise the case only in sleep). As a consequence, the spiritual
    • in waking and sleeping life is one of the subjects to which Spiritual
    • separated fromeach other in sleep — all these things are
    • which the abnormal attitude of human beings to waking and sleeping
    • the organism during sleep and if they run to excess, they strongly
    • sleep — I mean processes that ought not to take place, because
    • waking life must not be broken up by such lengthy periods of sleep
    • what it would mean to explain the right proportions of sleeping and
    • seven hours of sleep. And yet it is much more important than any
    • sleep and others for whom this is not necessary, should sleep much
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • the exception of the time of sleep), the being of soul and Spirit is
    • otherwise the case only in sleep). As a consequence, the spiritual
    • in waking and sleeping life is one of the subjects to which Spiritual
    • separated fromeach other in sleep — all these things are
    • which the abnormal attitude of human beings to waking and sleeping
    • the organism during sleep and if they run to excess, they strongly
    • sleep — I mean processes that ought not to take place, because
    • waking life must not be broken up by such lengthy periods of sleep
    • what it would mean to explain the right proportions of sleeping and
    • seven hours of sleep. And yet it is much more important than any
    • sleep and others for whom this is not necessary, should sleep much
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • riddle of the sleep of knowledge, the sleep into which
    • sleep of existence. This third great riddle must stand more and more
    • question arises in the hearts of men: Why this sleep of a
    • of our present sleeping knowledge — although men are
    • sleeping knowledge, would awaken man, who is fettered in the
    • from the sleep of life? And so, just as the earliest Initiates had
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • riddle of the sleep of knowledge, the sleep into which
    • sleep of existence. This third great riddle must stand more and more
    • question arises in the hearts of men: Why this sleep of a
    • of our present sleeping knowledge — although men are
    • sleeping knowledge, would awaken man, who is fettered in the
    • from the sleep of life? And so, just as the earliest Initiates had
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, we cannot be active in our will without allowing our will
    • everything to which we are subjected from waking until sleeping. All
    • constantly subject to Intuition, only we sleep through it and so
    • remain unconscious of it. When we sleep our Ego and astral body are
    • true to say: In the sleeping state man develops Intuition; in the
    • Imagination. When man passes over from the sleeping condition
    • In the sleeping state man is a being of Intuition: waking he is a
    • Inspiration; when falling asleep he is filled with Imagination.
    • Sleeping
    • AsleepImagination
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, we cannot be active in our will without allowing our will
    • everything to which we are subjected from waking until sleeping. All
    • constantly subject to Intuition, only we sleep through it and so
    • remain unconscious of it. When we sleep our Ego and astral body are
    • true to say: In the sleeping state man develops Intuition; in the
    • Imagination. When man passes over from the sleeping condition
    • In the sleeping state man is a being of Intuition: waking he is a
    • Inspiration; when falling asleep he is filled with Imagination.
    • Sleeping
    • AsleepImagination
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • or sleep; and then he can arrive at having no perception at all. He
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • organism which falls asleep in spring, sending forth the plants as
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • and Tone; Ego and circulating Blood. The sleeping state. Relation to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • sleep), there must be a continual swinging to and fro in a
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, you pass, in your astral body, into the environment
    • environment, that knowledge becomes experience during sleep,
    • sleep, within the span of the astral body, the confirmation
    • sleeping state.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • human being is asleep it is dear to you that his soul is
    • During sleep the soul has not got hold of the body. But in
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • they will not be able to sleep properly. That is the
    • sleeplessness. Such people will no longer be capable of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • with a physical etheric structure which in the sleeping human
    • sleeping human being we have a physical etheric structure
    • structure of spirit and soul, so that when he is asleep the
    • a man in his life of soul and spirit is really asleep. Then
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • organism, also while we are asleep. It is different in the
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral body is
    • — is sustained from outside during sleep. And the human
    • through the Light Ether. While asleep we live directly in an
    • of sleep, too, can be understood only if we go much more
    • closely into these matters. During sleep it is only the
    • outside. But in the sleeping human being the forces that are
    • with the whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the
    • during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • sleeping state we have within us, instead of the Ego —
    • our Ego which is part of that spirit. During sleep our
    • and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • point of view. When we are asleep our warmth organism is
    • it into our organism when we fall asleep. Thus we can say: By
    • leaving our body during sleep, we allow the cosmic spirit to
    • of waking to that of falling asleep. But thereby we come to
    • generally believed that deep, dreamless sleep contributes
    • nothing at all in the way of knowledge, that dreamless sleep
    • is not the case. Dreamless sleep has its definite task to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • waking to the moment of falling asleep. We perceive the
    • dreamless sleep is, as it were, an experience of nullity, of
    • body if we did not leave it during sleep and seek for it
    • between falling asleep and waking that we are able to feel
    • sleep.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary consciousness as what takes place in deep sleep, in
    • dreamless sleep. We perceive our arm; we perceive how our
  • Title: Driving Force: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Speech and its relation to sleep. Effects
    • state of sleep and their significance for the whole of life.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Speech and its relation to sleep. Effects
    • other, the astral body and ego are separated during sleep
    • of going to sleep and waking.
    • from the physical and etheric bodies during sleep. If as well
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, two biographies of
    • during the life of sleep is actually more important than that
    • impart to our speech. But because in sleep the astral body is
    • something from our speech over with us into sleep, something
    • the moment of going to sleep until the moment of waking. We
    • order — during sleep. Not that the words actually sound
    • echoes during sleep are not vague or indefinite; what the
    • ordinary way between going to sleep and waking.
    • during sleep is to a very great extent dependent upon his
    • sleep until he wakes; his soul is given up to what has been
    • him. During sleep the thoughts and will-impulses which the
    • sleeping soul tries by its very nature to establish
    • sleep too, the child will still be in full accord with
    • necessary for the soul during sleep to bring the echoes of
    • of it but in sleep it becomes necessary for the life of soul
    • components of speech which remain with him during sleep as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Experiences of the human soul during the state of sleep
    • sleeping and waking in human life. Today I should like to add
    • during sleep from the physical and etheric bodies. Every
    • astral body during the periods of sleep. Although in an adult
    • the time spent in sleep is shorter, for the whole condition
    • he is asleep, his ego and his astral body are not subject to
    • on become progressively weaker. But during the hours of sleep
    • going to sleep until that of waking has, however, a great
    • sleep, in a super-sensible world which, as such, has nothing
    • earthly kingdoms; while he sleeps, he lives — in his
    • sleep with the Angeloi and especially with the Archangeloi
    • time of going to sleep to that of waking, the forces of the
    • is super-terrestrial and physically manifest, so during sleep
    • sleep to that of waking, man is in the elemental world,
    • Hierarchies between sleeping and waking.
    • of these bodies he drew a certain force into sleep; he
    • has today during the hours of sleep. And so, on waking, he
    • experienced in sleep, something that gave him fundamental
    • elemental world during sleep unless during his waking hours
    • elemental world during sleep, even after puberty. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • person's biography for the time spent between going to sleep
    • and going to sleep. Whatever man goes through between
    • awakening and going to sleep is experienced through his
    • experiences between going to sleep and awakening.
    • about man's experiences between awakening and going to sleep
    • by man in the period between awakening and going to sleep.
    • Similarly he inhabits another world between going to sleep
    • world which is just as much our environment when we sleep as
    • to sleep and awakening; we know that we have experiences
    • inhabit in sleep, we must begin by pointing out certain
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • be dissolving it; one period of waking and sleeping dissolves
  • Title: Building Stones: Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness and sleep consciousness taught in
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • 9:24 He said unto them, Give place: for the maid is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. \
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • therefore how to command his consciousness between sleeping
    • the Moon Spirits during sleep. It pertained to the hidden
    • consciousness during sleep. Through the fact that he is aware
    • sleeping and waking, he realizes that his individuality is
    • during sleep with his awakened or clairvoyant consciousness.
    • from the time he goes to sleep until he awakens the human
    • Spirits. He was able during sleep to commune with the Moon
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • 22:45 And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, \
    • 22:46 And said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. \
    • were asleep, who could have told him the story of the angel? The
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, and I mean this literally. They see the world as if
    • things pass unnoticed because mankind is asleep to them.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • occupant is asleep. He is dreaming at the time, wakes up and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Description of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • human organization in sleep and in the waking state.
    • Wisdom-filled impulses projecting from the realm of sleep
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Back Cover
    Matching lines:
    • continue to occur on earth. Humanity in general was asleep to the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • — who may be said to sleep through the events of the
    • in this world, is no more than being asleep in a higher
    • the moon are all around us. When we are physically asleep we
    • physical world around us. We are asleep in exactly the same
    • people had been more awake and not asleep in the last decades
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • human souls are still very much asleep at the present time,
    • the night, when we are asleep, the element of the physical
    • night when we are asleep the ‘astral physical’
    • the ego acts like salt during sleep. Human beings thus have
    • Salt and Mercury flowing through them during sleep.
    • are asleep we look down on a body that has become mercurial
    • world of the spirit during sleep, enter into the salty, or
    • which we are between going to sleep and waking up again does,
    • to sleep and waking up again you are in a world devoid of
    • world in which we are between going to sleep and waking up
    • wisdom in the world which they enter during sleep. It will
    • sleep. Clearly, it is therefore tremendously important for us
    • is a magnificent and awesome truth that sleep helps our
    • too, bring back elements from sleep that enter into their
    • — for these impulses are given in sleep — and are
    • other people are asleep. To anyone who can take a wider view
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • listen in a kind of sleepy ecstasy; they are not really
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • in a kind of sleep state where these truths are concerned? As
    • well as we go to sleep and wake up again and go about our
    • blindly, as if asleep, into what iron necessity demands of
    • and not walk past him fast asleep, for he is getting more and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • however, and not asleep. It is really something to marvel at,
    • negatively speaking, that so many people are still asleep to
    • where they gradually go to sleep in their satisfaction at the
    • does not exist to send people off to sleep, but to make them
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world and not to sleep through events. This is why
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • humanity go through life as if asleep, without thought; they
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Sun, which relates to sleeping and waking and takes 24 hours,
    • something. But he sleeps on, drawing further conclusions from
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • are now asleep and they will find it hard to understand how
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • people are asleep to what goes on in the spirit. They can
    • the world today serves the purpose of rocking people to sleep
    • you can think of, stuffed full with theories, fast asleep in
    • sleep with concepts. They believe the fruits of their
    • to lull people to sleep with abstract concepts and make them
    • European and American Press to lull them to sleep over the
  • Title: Jeshu ben Pandira: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep. Thus this conceptual life, as we possess it on the physical
    • plane, persists from our waking till our falling asleep, and
    • disappears the moment we fall asleep. No one will suppose that, when
    • he is really sleeping — that is, if he is not clairvoyant during
    • sleep — his thought life can nevertheless continue just as
    • asleep, must be extinguished, and only then can we go to sleep.
    • to sleep. That this is so is best seen when we surrender ourselves to
    • particularly vigorous concepts before falling asleep — for
    • thinking really intensely, we most easily fall asleep; and so if we
    • cannot go to sleep, it is good to take up a book, or occupy ourselves
    • mathematical book, for instance. This will help us to fall asleep;
    • emotions is something that hinders us from falling asleep. When
    • that we turn and toss in bed and are unable to fall asleep. In other
    • we easily fall asleep, precisely that which strongly affects our
    • feelings prevents us from falling asleep. It is impossible then to
    • if we are to enter into the state of sleep. We can thus see that the
    • of concepts continuing their existence into the state of sleep. But,
    • they do not accompany us into sleep. When emotions keep us from
    • sleeping, this proves that they do not release us, that they must be
    • even into sleep. In other words, they are a soul element that remains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jeshu ben Pandira: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • alternates between sleeping and waking; and, while the human being is
    • us that, when we sleep, everything is reversed. Then the will is
    • these are asleep. Thus he does not observe that his will is active.
    • when thinking falls asleep. And the will slips into the pictures that
    • will. Thus the thoughts are then asleep but the will is awake.
    • during the state of sleep at night and is the cause of numerous
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, such as dream or sleep and also during the
    • remained connected with the physical body. It is during sleep
    • sleep, or of atavistic clairvoyance he perceived the spirit
    • forces, especially during dream, sleep and other states of
    • not asleep, one cannot be unaware of the many curious things
    • that occur. However, most people are asleep for they are
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • aware that when they were outside the body during sleep, they
    • during sleep, and he experienced the descent into the body as
    • that he had a living soul and that during sleep he was in a
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sleep can be simpler and more straightforwardly explained
    • we do not need to “explain” the falling asleep
    • the limb has “gone to sleep.” The peculiar
    • has an effect and causes the “falling asleep” of
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • often pointed out. Between going to sleep and waking the
    • the I during sleep. The I he depicts to
    • sleep the chain of his life's external events is broken. This
    • every time he sleeps, at least as far as his consciousness is
    • This I is not extinguished in sleep even if ordinary
    • asleep. This I is only like a picture in the mind. The
    • dreams, we dream the whole time between falling asleep and
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • them by in a state of sleep. To understand the polarity of
    • concepts. We must not sleep through the significant events
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • fell asleep. Whereas earlier one felt oneself, with full
    • into a gentle sleep and only dreamed still of a consciousness of sin.
    • sleep. One no longer needed any inner impulse for active inner
    • arrived at a total sleepiness, in our knowing activity.
    • But into this sleepiness
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • fell asleep. Whereas earlier one felt oneself, with full
    • into a gentle sleep and only dreamed still of a consciousness of sin.
    • sleep. One no longer needed any inner impulse for active inner
    • arrived at a total sleepiness, in our knowing activity.
    • But into this sleepiness
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of the sleep-walker. In the sleep-walker, interesting
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Consider the regular alternation of sleeping and waking.
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • sleepy times. The dim and sleepy times represent, so to
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • consider the human alternation of waking and sleeping. Even
    • different. They sleep at night and wake by day. When days are
    • longer and nights shorter they sleep less; when nights are
    • longer the sleep longer. These aspects however can at most
    • from the Universe in the alternation of sleeping and waking
    • night, but even they, when they do go to sleep, must adopt a
    • cannot sleep properly when horizontal but have to sit more
    • association of sleep with the horizontal posture will help to
    • way: To go to sleep, man must adopt a position whereby his
    • while he is sleeping, to that of animal life. You will find
    • We think once more of the alternation of sleeping and waking.
    • horizontal posture during sleep, so that in this horizontal
    • substance is brought about in sleep, only that then its
    • place also in our sleep, but the outcome of it is then
    • carried from one part of our body to another. During sleep,
    • take place when we are sleeping. And from the very fact that
    • thought and indeation even as sleeping is to waking.
    • always asleep. Here now you have the more exact determination
    • man does precisely the same as in sleep. He sleeps by virtue
    • of his will. Sleep, and deliberate or wilful movement, are in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • spine — when man is sleeping. Comparing human
    • metabolism in sleeping and in waking respectively, we have
    • horizontally in sleep, — thus to escape in sleep from
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • child does nothing but sleep and dream, thoughts take hold of its
    • thinking asserts itself only when we are asleep, i.e. when the weaker
    • scientist, mankind has now become sleepy, and does not even
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • child does nothing but sleep and dream, thoughts take hold of its
    • thinking asserts itself only when we are asleep, i.e. when the weaker
    • scientist, mankind has now become sleepy, and does not even
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • consider a particular example. — Going to sleep and waking is an
    • subsequent darkening into the state of sleep. If we now ask,
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in man, many will think of the
    • the processes of his own waking and going to sleep with the budding
    • that we actually experience when we go to sleep at night? Our astral body
    • With clairvoyant sight we shall perceive that during sleep the
    • were to bud and blossom at the moment of going to sleep and within
    • of going to sleep must be compared with the spring and the deeper our
    • sleep the more do our physical and etheric bodies pass over into a
    • to sleep must be compared with the season of spring and waking with that
    • connected with the plants sink into a kind of sleeping condition
    • Earth that it is not possible to speak of sleeping and waking,
    • sleep in the spring, that they withdraw from the body of the Earth
    • unfolds in the human being while he is asleep. And in the winter,
    • as these forces work in man when he goes to sleep, so in the autumn,
    • and when he wakes from sleep, a spiritual element is active; but when
    • he goes to sleep, and in the spring, physical and spiritual, heavenly
    • that of going to sleep. In the autumn, Nature withers away and the Spirit
    • connected with the waking and sleeping of particular spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • consider a particular example. — Going to sleep and waking is an
    • subsequent darkening into the state of sleep. If we now ask,
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in man, many will think of the
    • the processes of his own waking and going to sleep with the budding
    • that we actually experience when we go to sleep at night? Our astral body
    • With clairvoyant sight we shall perceive that during sleep the
    • were to bud and blossom at the moment of going to sleep and within
    • of going to sleep must be compared with the spring and the deeper our
    • sleep the more do our physical and etheric bodies pass over into a
    • to sleep must be compared with the season of spring and waking with that
    • connected with the plants sink into a kind of sleeping condition
    • Earth that it is not possible to speak of sleeping and waking,
    • sleep in the spring, that they withdraw from the body of the Earth
    • unfolds in the human being while he is asleep. And in the winter,
    • as these forces work in man when he goes to sleep, so in the autumn,
    • and when he wakes from sleep, a spiritual element is active; but when
    • he goes to sleep, and in the spring, physical and spiritual, heavenly
    • that of going to sleep. In the autumn, Nature withers away and the Spirit
    • connected with the waking and sleeping of particular spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping condition alternating in time. Can we, from a spiritual
    • and sleeping in the organisms around us. It is simply that the earth
    • does not sleep in time in the same way as other organisms but is
    • always awake somewhere and al ways asleep at some other portion of
    • its being. Waking and sleeping move around spatially: the earth
    • sleeps in the part where there is summer, and it is awake in the part
    • fronts us spiritually with conditions like waking and sleeping in
    • this condition with human sleep. I will now speak of what appears to
    • nature of sleep
    • world, surrendering itself to the spiritual world. In this sleep
    • human being in sleep passes into the great world and in the morning
    • sleeping that it can be taken directly over into spiritual science,
    • Sleep is a mixed
    • condition of body and soul. In sleep, body and soul are chemically
    • united. In sleep the soul is evenly distributed throughout the
    • polar condition; in waking the soul is pointed, localized. Sleep is
    • the body partakes of the soul. In sleep the bonds of this system are
    • Thus sleep for Novalis
    • conscious that in sleep the soul becomes one with the universe and is
    • in the human being in the condition of sleep. The earth gives itself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping condition alternating in time. Can we, from a spiritual
    • and sleeping in the organisms around us. It is simply that the earth
    • does not sleep in time in the same way as other organisms but is
    • always awake somewhere and al ways asleep at some other portion of
    • its being. Waking and sleeping move around spatially: the earth
    • sleeps in the part where there is summer, and it is awake in the part
    • fronts us spiritually with conditions like waking and sleeping in
    • this condition with human sleep. I will now speak of what appears to
    • nature of sleep
    • world, surrendering itself to the spiritual world. In this sleep
    • human being in sleep passes into the great world and in the morning
    • sleeping that it can be taken directly over into spiritual science,
    • Sleep is a mixed
    • condition of body and soul. In sleep, body and soul are chemically
    • united. In sleep the soul is evenly distributed throughout the
    • polar condition; in waking the soul is pointed, localized. Sleep is
    • the body partakes of the soul. In sleep the bonds of this system are
    • Thus sleep for Novalis
    • conscious that in sleep the soul becomes one with the universe and is
    • in the human being in the condition of sleep. The earth gives itself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • a descending life. It sleeps in Summer-time; its deepest
    • sleep is at the time when the Summer Solstice has occurred,
    • longest and the nights are shortest. Man's sleep is only
    • determined by time; the sleep of the Earth is also determined
    • by space. The different places on the Earth sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping, these above all
    • sleeping, but we do not take much notice of this pendulum of
    • life, swaying between the conditions of waking and sleeping. The
    • relating to the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping.
    • result goes to sleep, and that sleep in its turn counter-balances
    • fatigue. Sleep (this can be described in one or the other way,
    • fatigue is the cause of sleep; for instance, when they observe a
    • in the evening, but in the afternoon, and who falls asleep not
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping can be studied with
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Only by rendering thought
    • free meditation, can the act of falling asleep be rightly grasped
    • to gain insight into the normal act of falling asleep, with the
    • nature of sleep.
    • desires, are those which show us that when we fall asleep we can,
    • in a certain way, still follow the moment in which sleep takes
    • hold of us; we look, as it were, upon the act of falling asleep
    • and we learn to know that when we go to sleep we do not simply
    • thoughts behind consciously, when we fall asleep, only because
    • what we leave behind on the bed on falling asleep, is not only
    • between falling asleep and waking up.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping, these above all
    • sleeping, but we do not take much notice of this pendulum of
    • life, swaying between the conditions of waking and sleeping. The
    • relating to the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping.
    • result goes to sleep, and that sleep in its turn counter-balances
    • fatigue. Sleep (this can be described in one or the other way,
    • fatigue is the cause of sleep; for instance, when they observe a
    • in the evening, but in the afternoon, and who falls asleep not
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping can be studied with
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Only by rendering thought
    • free meditation, can the act of falling asleep be rightly grasped
    • to gain insight into the normal act of falling asleep, with the
    • nature of sleep.
    • desires, are those which show us that when we fall asleep we can,
    • in a certain way, still follow the moment in which sleep takes
    • hold of us; we look, as it were, upon the act of falling asleep
    • and we learn to know that when we go to sleep we do not simply
    • thoughts behind consciously, when we fall asleep, only because
    • what we leave behind on the bed on falling asleep, is not only
    • between falling asleep and waking up.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • being is asleep, his astral body and his Ego organization are
    • from above. The Ego and the astral body really sleep in the metal
    • completely, so that the human being sleeps, as it were, quite
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • also exists a sleep so faint that a person may walk about in an
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • being is asleep, his astral body and his Ego organization are
    • from above. The Ego and the astral body really sleep in the metal
    • completely, so that the human being sleeps, as it were, quite
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • also exists a sleep so faint that a person may walk about in an
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • today, if we do not sleep, but if we contemplate with a
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • today, if we do not sleep, but if we contemplate with a
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of man's sentient and volitional being during sleep and the
    • in that case? During sleep, man's sentient and volitional being
    • out with man's true inner being during sleep, but remains behind
    • out during sleep and which remains unconscious for the ordinary
    • bodies during sleep, there is a dull twilight life, and we only
    • sleeping condition. Consciousness arises when we dive down into
    • lives in a dull twilight state from the moment of falling asleep
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of man's sentient and volitional being during sleep and the
    • in that case? During sleep, man's sentient and volitional being
    • out with man's true inner being during sleep, but remains behind
    • out during sleep and which remains unconscious for the ordinary
    • bodies during sleep, there is a dull twilight life, and we only
    • sleeping condition. Consciousness arises when we dive down into
    • lives in a dull twilight state from the moment of falling asleep
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • represented in the cradle nor in the manger, but when the sleeping
    • child was placed upon the Cross! The Child sleeping on the Cross! A
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • represented in the cradle nor in the manger, but when the sleeping
    • child was placed upon the Cross! The Child sleeping on the Cross! A
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the Child sleeping on the Cross was presented. The Child sleeping
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the Child sleeping on the Cross was presented. The Child sleeping
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • present-day waking consciousness and our sleeping
    • of the senses when asleep, nothing is perceptible — at
    • life of man during sleep, discoveries especially strange to
    • those who only regard life externally. During sleep the
    • sleep. If this cloud is accepted as the whole of what can be
    • sleep extends to far distances. The fact is that at the
    • moment of falling asleep, the inner forces in the astral body
    • sleep, forces for the strengthening of his life and on
    • that permeates our astral body while we sleep? It is the
    • man during sleep, but he is quite unaware of this inner life
    • waking and sleeping which can only be induced to-day by
    • the intermediate states between sleeping and waking, poured
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • astral body and ego in the other two members; when asleep he
    • leaves them to themselves. The moment that he falls asleep,
    • is left sleeping in bed, is actually limited to the forty-two
    • let us consider the nature of sleep. The notion, derived from
    • appearance seen near the body of a sleeping man, is entirely
    • erroneous. For it is a fact that during sleep, when man
    • sleeping state is contained in the fact that the astral body
    • his physical and etheric bodies. Hence he emerges from sleep
    • sleep when with his astral body and ego he goes forth from
    • his consciousness during sleep, he who is able to perceive
    • attained clairvoyance during sleep, as just described, could
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking conditions of consciousness. The fact of
    • and etheric bodies during sleep is familiar to you. The
    • waking life. From the time he falls asleep until he wakes man
    • however, ignorant of this, for the moment he falls asleep his
    • consciousness is extinguished. During sleep he actually lives
    • to fall asleep and behold all unprepared that world into
    • When a man awakes from sleep he plunges down into his
    • perceive something quite different. During sleep he is
    • unconscious expansion of man during sleep, and all
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, when man is in the spiritual world, he has no
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the intermediate condition between sleeping and waking were
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • ‘temple sleep,’ which was but a means of
    • and etheric body during sleep, and pours them into the starry
    • condition that resembled sleep, but during His waking hours
    • sleep. The forces through which the Christ worked were forces
    • the sleeping and waking of ordinary men; and because they
    • environment during sleep, the disciples were aware of the
    • clairvoyant at certain times during sleep; they did not then
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious in sleep, now streamed down to the disciples
    • picture the scene. A man falls asleep; on the couch lie his
    • sleeper, thereby illuminating him. This actually happened; a
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • on sleeping humanity we see our external sheaths, our
    • sleep, when they slip from us, they are at once filled with
    • ours when we sleep. As our external powers go forth from us
    • when we sleep so they went forth from Jesus at His physical
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleep and in these states man was face to face
    • states between waking and sleep when the spiritual world appeared
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleep and in these states man was face to face
    • states between waking and sleep when the spiritual world appeared
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. Traces of this consciousness of prehistoric man are now
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. Traces of this consciousness of prehistoric man are now
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • advanced by bringing to light the processes that go on during sleep
    • when in physical life we close our eyes and ears and go to sleep. If I
    • with in-breathing and out-breathing, and also with sleeping and waking.
    • aid of spiritual science we study the state of sleep.
    • this state of sleep from a certain aspect last time I was here. I now
    • between going to sleep and waking, and now he is telling us something
    • between going to sleep and waking this is not the whole story, just as
    • between going to sleep and waking, actually experiences a kind of
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking — the sleep
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking man has a
    • during sleep becomes really clairvoyant, or when the clairvoyant soul
    • looks back in memory on the experiences between going to sleep and
    • what he has experienced since the last time he woke. If he sleeps
    • sleep, and so on. The whole of his sleep works in a wonderfully
    • science. When you fall asleep for a quarter of an hour, the beginning of
    • the sleep knows when it will end, and in this quarter of an hour you
    • the soul experiences during sleep in backward order does not connect
    • sees into the state of sleep know that what he sees has no significance
    • That is why this sleep-picture is half-reality and half-semblance
    • sleep what man has to go through during the first stage after death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • advanced by bringing to light the processes that go on during sleep
    • when in physical life we close our eyes and ears and go to sleep. If I
    • with in-breathing and out-breathing, and also with sleeping and waking.
    • aid of spiritual science we study the state of sleep.
    • this state of sleep from a certain aspect last time I was here. I now
    • between going to sleep and waking, and now he is telling us something
    • between going to sleep and waking this is not the whole story, just as
    • between going to sleep and waking, actually experiences a kind of
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking — the sleep
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking man has a
    • during sleep becomes really clairvoyant, or when the clairvoyant soul
    • looks back in memory on the experiences between going to sleep and
    • what he has experienced since the last time he woke. If he sleeps
    • sleep, and so on. The whole of his sleep works in a wonderfully
    • science. When you fall asleep for a quarter of an hour, the beginning of
    • the sleep knows when it will end, and in this quarter of an hour you
    • the soul experiences during sleep in backward order does not connect
    • sees into the state of sleep know that what he sees has no significance
    • That is why this sleep-picture is half-reality and half-semblance
    • sleep what man has to go through during the first stage after death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    • The Experiencesof Sleepand theirSpiritualBackground
    • sleep as it occurs every day of a man's life, and we shall be obliged to
    • region, and that what happens during sleep is simply that the purely
    • dream and suggest how dreams appear to come out of the life of sleep and
    • through the life of sleep the conclusion might be drawn that the
    • soul-nature does in some way or other persist during sleep. Here,
    • between going to sleep and waking. I have already described this region
    • begin by picturing to you quite simply the condition of sleep as seen by
    • to sleep consciousness is filled with a content, on going to sleep this
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking. If the soul has any
    • any experience at all in sleep. But now, with the advent of Imaginative
    • Knowledge, the condition of sleep begins to be lit up, the darkness
    • sleep. And in Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge one can penetrate still
    • look into sleep somewhat in the way we look into a peepshow; but through
    • conditions of soul that resemble sleep inasmuch as our relation to our
    • body at such times is similar to the relation during sleep; only it is
    • similar manner to the way one experiences in sleep, the possibility is
    • opened for us to behold what the soul of man undergoes during sleep, and
    • man goes to sleep, you know how in the moment of doing so the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    • The Experiencesof Sleepand theirSpiritualBackground
    • sleep as it occurs every day of a man's life, and we shall be obliged to
    • region, and that what happens during sleep is simply that the purely
    • dream and suggest how dreams appear to come out of the life of sleep and
    • through the life of sleep the conclusion might be drawn that the
    • soul-nature does in some way or other persist during sleep. Here,
    • between going to sleep and waking. I have already described this region
    • begin by picturing to you quite simply the condition of sleep as seen by
    • to sleep consciousness is filled with a content, on going to sleep this
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking. If the soul has any
    • any experience at all in sleep. But now, with the advent of Imaginative
    • Knowledge, the condition of sleep begins to be lit up, the darkness
    • sleep. And in Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge one can penetrate still
    • look into sleep somewhat in the way we look into a peepshow; but through
    • conditions of soul that resemble sleep inasmuch as our relation to our
    • body at such times is similar to the relation during sleep; only it is
    • similar manner to the way one experiences in sleep, the possibility is
    • opened for us to behold what the soul of man undergoes during sleep, and
    • man goes to sleep, you know how in the moment of doing so the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • really equalise what is used up through fatigue, by sleep and
    • condition of sleep. Through felling asleep, all ideas, all
    • of consciousness in waking-up and in going to sleep. So long
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • sleep comes back to him with a richer content. So that he can
    • me out or the world of sleep.”
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • really equalise what is used up through fatigue, by sleep and
    • condition of sleep. Through felling asleep, all ideas, all
    • of consciousness in waking-up and in going to sleep. So long
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • sleep comes back to him with a richer content. So that he can
    • me out or the world of sleep.”
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • sleep at night. The waking day-consciousness consists in our
    • during sleep at night it is in the spirit-world? For the same
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakes until evening when he goes to sleep, and the other
    • which begins when he goes to sleep and ends when he awakes.
    • night when he goes to sleep. Now, when he goes to sleep, the
    • pupil falls asleep and the astral body withdraws. This effect
    • sleep. A spiritual environment gleams forth from the
    • into a sleep,” and that this was the sleep in which
    • sleep” are just an accident. They are no accident.
    • sleep, or he was bound in a particular position with
    • of life. The etheric body never, even in the deepest sleep,
    • while man is asleep and basely leaves his physical and
    • to themselves. Hence to man the state of sleep is an
    • withdrawn during sleep? What has become of the astral body
    • body during sleep at night. But suppose a person were passing
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • person uses his senses. At night he goes to sleep. On the bed
    • — he went to sleep. Really it was not sleep in the
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • wished to sleep through the Christian development. He would
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, or otherwise falling into a more or less unconscious
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness which man has to-day in dreamless sleep, for
    • intermediate condition between dreamless sleep and the
    • compared to the present dream-filled sleep, but it was much
    • more vivid and real. Dream-filled sleep yields a
    • to speak; and when he went to sleep he was in the spiritual
    • only of a number of experiences. He then went to sleep and
    • during his sleep was in a dim consciousness in a spiritual
    • must say that reproduction took place in sleeping-consciousness,
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • you fall asleep and travel for a time while sleeping. During
    • you saw on going to sleep again quickly arises. It does not
    • now agree. The reason is that you have been asleep for a
    • Has man been asleep? In the occult sense humanity has been
    • asleep since the middle of the Atlantean epoch, because that
    • view mass sank as if into a state of sleep. He began to turn
    • view of the spiritual world, to pass into a state of sleep;
    • middle of the Atlantean epoch man has, in fact, been asleep,
    • asleep, and it will continue to sleep for a time. For the
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • asleep he consists of four principles: the physical body,
    • more turn our attention to man when asleep.
    • sleep still exists at the present time. But it was necessary.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • states of sleeping and waking. In the sleeping state it is represented
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, one must earnestly wish that they would at least be awake to
    • go to sleep whenever they can; they sleep when they might be won
    • contemporaries because in a sleeping condition they are absorbing
    • is something that mankind should not sleep through. People should
    • not allow the world to be Wilsonised because everyone is asleep. Let
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • which, after the soul's sleep has been overcome can unfold with life;
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • which, after the soul's sleep has been overcome can unfold with life;
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • is asleep it is otherwise. The physical and etheric bodies
    • the Ego are on the astral plane. Thus, during sleep, the
    • have before us a sleeping human being, his physical body and
    • physical body lies on the bed, in the human being is asleep?
    • man is asleep, and to make it possible for him to preserve
    • asleep however, the blood must also be cared for. And because
    • the human being is asleep ... another Ego which has
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • is asleep it is otherwise. The physical and etheric bodies
    • the Ego are on the astral plane. Thus, during sleep, the
    • have before us a sleeping human being, his physical body and
    • physical body lies on the bed, in the human being is asleep?
    • man is asleep, and to make it possible for him to preserve
    • asleep however, the blood must also be cared for. And because
    • the human being is asleep ... another Ego which has
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • becomes aware of something that has been asleep — like
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • becomes aware of something that has been asleep — like
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • in just the same way. They will still continue to sleep while
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • sleep.” This also does not come to you as a conclusion
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • right relationship between man and man only in sleep. Only
    • when we are asleep do we establish a true and straightforward
    • state of dreamless sleep between falling asleep and waking,
    • persons only in sleep. I have indicated this in various ways
    • that, when he is asleep, he is placed actually in the midst
    • while awake. Against this fact nothing can be done. Sleep is
    • know anything whatever about sleep, it will be a long time
    • subconsciousness the tendency to be put to sleep by the other
    • person. You are actually put to sleep in your
    • reciprocal — to put to sleep the subconscious of the
    • presence of a person, he puts you to sleep; that is, he puts
    • your thinking to sleep, not your feeling and willing. Now, if
    • put to sleep. Confronting another person always means that we
    • awake against his endeavor to put you to sleep in your
    • During sleep
    • things are easy for us. First of all, we are simply sleeping.
    • us, seeks to put us to sleep in order that a bridge may be
    • alternates between waking and sleeping. We might even say
    • that sleeping is social and waking is antisocial, and just as
    • man must alternate between waking and sleeping in order to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • explained yesterday the peculiar phenomena of sleep in
    • relation to social life. When man is asleep, his ego and
    • bodies on the other hand during sleep from that existing in
    • the waking state. While man is asleep, he stands in a
    • Now, there is a certain resemblance between our sleep and our
    • certain sense, our life during the period from sleeping to
    • what we experience later during sleep, except that during
    • sleep we breathe the outer air. For this reason I have to say
    • way life during sleep is different from the embryonic life.
    • sleeping, his life is in many respects similar to that of the
    • life of sleep. It was upon this inner knowledge of the nature
    • Jehovah wisdom, man is asleep in the ordinary state of
    • his breath from falling asleep until waking. Because of this
    • Jehovah as the divinity who regulates sleep. This is true
    • between falling asleep and waking. Now, this was not
    • that through which they had to sleep. It was necessary to
    • sleep through this, since otherwise the life process could
    • wisdom, which is in a sense the wisdom of sleep and
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • And many a sleepless night I lingered on
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • And many a sleepless night I lingered on
  • Title: Dead Are With Us: Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • time of falling asleep; but the other part of consciousness
    • which remains dim in ordinary life between falling asleep and
    • speaking, unconscious when he is asleep; his consciousness is
    • — in waking and sleeping life — must be held in
    • is broken: waking-sleeping; waking-sleeping. But you are also
    • present while you sleep: and in studying the whole human being,
    • both waking life and sleeping life must be taken into consideration.
    • life and sleeping life there is a third state, even more
    • and sleeping life as such. I mean the state connected
    • with the act of waking and the act of going to sleep, which
    • these moments of waking and going to sleep we shall find that
    • wont to say: When you wake from sleep it is not good
    • remembered. Again at the moment of going to sleep the spiritual
    • world approaches us with power, but we immediately fall asleep,
    • These moments of waking and of going to sleep are of the utmost
    • earth in the physical body, the moment of going to sleep is
    • world, however, the moment of falling asleep has not gone; we
    • from it. We encounter our Dead at the moment of going to sleep
    • I told you, the moments of waking and going to sleep are
    • moment of going to sleep is especially favourable for us to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • soul, from the time he awakens until he falls asleep again,
    • from our falling asleep to our awakening, and very largely
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • soul, from the time he awakens until he falls asleep again,
    • from our falling asleep to our awakening, and very largely
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • correct) and remains in a half-sleeping state. About two there
    • sleep our way through life, but to look about us. Let me tell
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • correct) and remains in a half-sleeping state. About two there
    • sleep our way through life, but to look about us. Let me tell
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • life not sleepily and obtusely but with full, wide-awake
    • un-asleep. Views and opinions everyone can have, but the
    • within their souls not to be among the sleepy ones, but to be
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • life not sleepily and obtusely but with full, wide-awake
    • un-asleep. Views and opinions everyone can have, but the
    • within their souls not to be among the sleepy ones, but to be
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical existence as if there falling asleep — but
    • just as little as we can perceive the sleeping ego and astral
    • Jahve works on human beings between their falling asleep
    • down in sleep into that realm in which Jahve guides his soul
    • state of sleep the human being must become capable of
    • through Jahve inspiration in sleep, but through the fruition of
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical existence as if there falling asleep — but
    • just as little as we can perceive the sleeping ego and astral
    • Jahve works on human beings between their falling asleep
    • down in sleep into that realm in which Jahve guides his soul
    • state of sleep the human being must become capable of
    • through Jahve inspiration in sleep, but through the fruition of
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • it unfolds the strongest physical power, the gods are asleep,
    • and they sleep the deepest sleep in summer, when the sun
    • He found his sister peacefully asleep,
    • With mutual blessing they retired to sleep,
    • After a short sleep our Brother Mark next learns to divine
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • it unfolds the strongest physical power, the gods are asleep,
    • and they sleep the deepest sleep in summer, when the sun
    • He found his sister peacefully asleep,
    • With mutual blessing they retired to sleep,
    • After a short sleep our Brother Mark next learns to divine
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • karma. The world in which he lives from awaking to falling asleep
    • sleep-consciousness proper, in which dimness and darkness surround
    • Sleep
    • the last phase of his sleep; it was when he awoke, and only then,
    • the last phase of his sleep man was able to see the spirit-world, he
    • that during the time he was “asleep” in his earthly
    • Sleep
    • ceased in the sleep that was of course no sleep as we understand it.
    • life between awaking and falling asleep, when we only perceive, for
    • karma-consciousness, man is fast asleep. He would have the
    • dreamless between falling asleep and awakening were suddenly to
    • sleeps” away — the spiritual reality in the
    • sleeps” away his karma.
    • falling asleep to awakening hid themselves in trees and clouds, in
    • sleep-consciousness” — so now, by accepting the new
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • state of man during sleep.
    • for a moment the condition of man in sleep. His astral body and ego
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • of seven and fourteen, he would have a sleep-consciousness. From the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • high level whilst their ego was more or less asleep, that is to say,
    • normally alternate between waking and sleeping. When he gazed into
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • soul in day and night. just as the human soul during sleep and
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious condition as in sleep, but perceives the spiritual world
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious condition as in sleep, but perceives the spiritual world
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • waking-sleep, one might say — to enter into the doings of the
    • cosmic waking-sleep, with the elemental beings to the region where
    • will come to realise how he has been living through a waking-sleep of
    • sleep and dreams. Then, caught in this web of illusion, they would
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • — one might say the sleeping — being which calls forth
    • from the powers of sleep the forces of vegetative growth, in which a
    • kind of sleeping Nature-life is given form. But in this sleeping
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • deep sleep, a wonderful, dream-filled sleep ... remember that I
    • themselves ... a sleep of such a kind that at the same
    • truth, an experience that crystallised out of the long sleep.
    • fallen asleep. The condition which spread with greater and
    • sleep which lasted beyond the time of Golgotha; and from this
    • sleep the experiences I have been trying in halting words to
    • reminded of how they had fallen into this condition of sleep
    • have been one of deepest sleep — above all through the
    • they had gone about with the Christ like sleep-walkers, unable
    • time. They had listened to Him like sleep-walkers. This Being
    • consciousness that had been like a sleep were interwoven with
    • sleep. The Apostles experienced this as if two pictures were
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • as if in sleep, the Christ Being went His way in the Spirit
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • astral body, during our periods of sleep. In our conscious, waking
    • condition, which we have in sleep, in the highest degree. Thus we
    • require physical sleep particularly for the brain. For when we are
    • when the day is ended we grow tired and need sleep. What makes us
    • during these thirteen days in that sleep, through which man passes
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • astral body, during our periods of sleep. In our conscious, waking
    • condition, which we have in sleep, in the highest degree. Thus we
    • require physical sleep particularly for the brain. For when we are
    • when the day is ended we grow tired and need sleep. What makes us
    • during these thirteen days in that sleep, through which man passes
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • followed by developing powers of knowledge, now sleeping
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • when we fall asleep, when the mental and psychic experiences
    • death, just as it always does at the onset of sleep? The first
    • consciousness are more or less sleeping or, let us say, latent
    • memories: he falls asleep; that is, consciousness is
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • over in part into a state of sleep, into the subconscious. Why
    • this kind, as if we have been awakened from sleep. We eavesdrop
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • is no fully-awake condition, because there is still something asleep in
    • thoughts are awake, from waking until falling asleep, but the Will is
    • ordinary waking life; and most things, we do not even dream, but sleep.
    • your thoughts when you are asleep. A great part of the activity of will
    • while man is awake is similarly performed in a half-sleeping condition.
    • If we were not asleep
    • is that which man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep,
    • present during the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body. Sleeping
    • sleep, develops longings for his physical body. These longings increase
    • greater and greater in the state of sleep. And because longing fills
    • this life of desire becomes so strong during sleep, that man not merely
    • blood and nerve-structure of their people, that even in the sleeping
    • these ancient Hebrew prophets, that they remained united even in sleep
    • etheric body during sleep, was called: prophetic clairvoyance.
    • in a state of sleep, but from love — not for ourselves, but for
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • is no fully-awake condition, because there is still something asleep in
    • thoughts are awake, from waking until falling asleep, but the Will is
    • ordinary waking life; and most things, we do not even dream, but sleep.
    • your thoughts when you are asleep. A great part of the activity of will
    • while man is awake is similarly performed in a half-sleeping condition.
    • If we were not asleep
    • is that which man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep,
    • present during the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body. Sleeping
    • sleep, develops longings for his physical body. These longings increase
    • greater and greater in the state of sleep. And because longing fills
    • this life of desire becomes so strong during sleep, that man not merely
    • blood and nerve-structure of their people, that even in the sleeping
    • these ancient Hebrew prophets, that they remained united even in sleep
    • etheric body during sleep, was called: prophetic clairvoyance.
    • in a state of sleep, but from love — not for ourselves, but for
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, is not a fully-awake condition, because there is still
    • something asleep in man. What we experience as our will is
    • until falling asleep, but the will is something which we
    • even dream, we sleep. You can clearly conceive of how you put a
    • asleep. A great part of the activity of will while man is awake is
    • similarly performed in a half-sleeping condition.
    • For instance, if we were not asleep as
    • man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep, and
    • the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is then outside
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body.
    • Sleeping consists essentially in this, that man, from the moment he
    • begins to sleep, develops longings for his physical body. These
    • sleep. And because longing fills the ego and astral body like a
    • desire becomes so strong during sleep that man not merely develops
    • and nerve structure of their people, and even in the sleeping state
    • sleep with the blood of the people to whom they belonged. It was
    • physical and etheric body during sleep, was called
    • into this body from outside in a state of sleep, but from love —
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, is not a fully-awake condition, because there is still
    • something asleep in man. What we experience as our will is
    • until falling asleep, but the will is something which we
    • even dream, we sleep. You can clearly conceive of how you put a
    • asleep. A great part of the activity of will while man is awake is
    • similarly performed in a half-sleeping condition.
    • For instance, if we were not asleep as
    • man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep, and
    • the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is then outside
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body.
    • Sleeping consists essentially in this, that man, from the moment he
    • begins to sleep, develops longings for his physical body. These
    • sleep. And because longing fills the ego and astral body like a
    • desire becomes so strong during sleep that man not merely develops
    • and nerve structure of their people, and even in the sleeping state
    • sleep with the blood of the people to whom they belonged. It was
    • physical and etheric body during sleep, was called
    • into this body from outside in a state of sleep, but from love —
  • Title: St. Augustine, St. Simon and Auguste Comte
    Matching lines:
    • being, — is refuted every tine one goes to sleep. Every
    • sleep, from him is snatched that absolute certainty of inner
    • him. Every tine you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • he goes to sleep, and a modern human being does not even know
    • perhaps, but the very fact of sleep contradicts it.”
    • sleep. So that we may says: In the 4th Post Atlantean epoch it
    • 5th epoch), that their sleep transpired completely
    • Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping until waking up, there
    • from waking to sleeping, still continued to work, but in other
    • a dim, but conscious life of sleep. In that age one still knew
    • but also reality, because one knew those moments of sleeping
    • going to sleep and waking, there arises an experience which is
    • recognise through your sleep-life how the Moon-forces are
    • partially asleep). Try to recognise the MOON-life in your
    • sleep-life, for it plays into your sleep-life, as the Silvery
    • cannot get very far, because every sleep refutes the real
  • Title: St. Augustine, St. Simon and Auguste Comte
    Matching lines:
    • being, — is refuted every tine one goes to sleep. Every
    • sleep, from him is snatched that absolute certainty of inner
    • him. Every tine you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • he goes to sleep, and a modern human being does not even know
    • perhaps, but the very fact of sleep contradicts it.”
    • sleep. So that we may says: In the 4th Post Atlantean epoch it
    • 5th epoch), that their sleep transpired completely
    • Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping until waking up, there
    • from waking to sleeping, still continued to work, but in other
    • a dim, but conscious life of sleep. In that age one still knew
    • but also reality, because one knew those moments of sleeping
    • going to sleep and waking, there arises an experience which is
    • recognise through your sleep-life how the Moon-forces are
    • partially asleep). Try to recognise the MOON-life in your
    • sleep-life, for it plays into your sleep-life, as the Silvery
    • cannot get very far, because every sleep refutes the real
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • generally found sleeping in men, had looked deeply into the hidden
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • restless, endeavouring to sleep,’ surrounded by spiritual
    • sleep. Beings from the spiritual world are busy with his spirit,
    •  From gulfs of air where sleepily they waited;
    • physical body and fallen into sleep; and how something
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • dream. He is asleep. Suddenly there appears before him a
    • water, earth, air and fire. And sleep brought him again other
    • experiences. Sleep for him was not that deep heavy sleep we
    • ourselves. I believe there are people who sleep so in these
    • sleep man had still a dull form of consciousness. While on the
    • consciousness of that time. At night, in sleep, he perceived
    • his sleep a still more dim and dark consciousness, but a
    • had these pictures. And in sleep they had an experience which
    • sleep away’ the ordinary earthly existence, we enter the realm
    • sleep, while the body rested, they experienced the Beings of
    • There were however moments when the sleeper would feel: An
    • Hierarchy, but only when a still deeper condition of sleep
    • took place during the sleep-condition of the third kind,
    • consciousness — the waking-sleeping,
    • sleeping-waking and the sleep, in which the Third Hierarchy
    • intervention of a deeper sleep, during which the Second
    • again and again during sleep by the life forces, so that not
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • asleep to important events that are taking place in the
    • asleep to-day in regard to the most important events of all.
    • awaken man from sleep.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the condition of sleep, of course, the human being as a whole
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in the throes of an ominous, universal sleep. They think, or at
    • during their sleep while they are in the spiritual world with
    • destinies of Egos and astral bodies during the sleep of human
    • during sleep, approaching the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • how souls during sleep approach the Guardian of the Threshold
    • has around him groups of human souls in the state of sleep,
    • sleep.
    • of the Threshold during the state of sleep plead with the
    • experienced during sleep by more souls than is usually
    • experience during sleep. For if the condition that is
    • existence of the Guardian of the Threshold and during sleep
    • sleeping human beings confronting the Guardian of the Threshold
    • in the state of sleep to the stern Guardian of the Threshold.
    • pass before him in the state of sleep: Do not cross the
    • cause you to sleep.
  • Title: What was the Purpose of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • pictures that appear out of the dark depths of sleep. If you
    • extravagant is that, when waking up or going to sleep,
    • we are wrenched out of the dream, out of sleep, by the forces
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • pictures that appear out of the dark depths of sleep. If you
    • extravagant is that, when waking up or going to sleep,
    • we are wrenched out of the dream, out of sleep, by the forces
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • closely into the nature of man in the period between going to sleep
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • diagrammatically, the sleeping condition is well-known to you. That
    • nature of sleep; we must remember that it is just in the sleeping
    • If man were conscious in the sleeping condition, that is from going
    • to sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • could thus become conscious through his sleeping condition, he
    • the inner experiences during the sleep condition, he experience in
    • wake up in his sleep, if I may use that expression, he would not
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • going to sleep until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral
    • asleep, man is subject to the deception that his so and Astral body
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • closely into the nature of man in the period between going to sleep
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • diagrammatically, the sleeping condition is well-known to you. That
    • nature of sleep; we must remember that it is just in the sleeping
    • If man were conscious in the sleeping condition, that is from going
    • to sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • could thus become conscious through his sleeping condition, he
    • the inner experiences during the sleep condition, he experience in
    • wake up in his sleep, if I may use that expression, he would not
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • going to sleep until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral
    • asleep, man is subject to the deception that his so and Astral body
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • processes with the unconscious processes of sleep, so that
    • that from the moment the soul, in sleep, forsakes the natural
    • and sprouting processes, we have the sleeping life of the
    • earth. The Earth-Spirit sleeps during the summer and during
    • sleeping condition of the earth, when his soul had to sink
    • into the sleeping Earth-soul in order to have Imagination,
    • signify union in dream and ecstasy with the sleeping,
    • mighty Earth-being sleeps and wakes, taking the whole year
    • for this alternation, whereas man sleeps and wakes in the
    • the night, in sleep, I should have to draw it completely
    • a dead man into our living man. Then sleep has the task of
    • everything to be dissolved by sleep, we should have no
    • if we wish to have a concept of sleeping man and what he
    • asleep, and winter when we look at him awake. If we wish to
    • and weaves during our sleeping condition. If we now seek to
    • weaving in sleep, we can do so as follows. All this is the
    • earth-sleep;
    • succumb to the earth-sleep, Many people very easily fall
    • asleep in the heat of summer, because during the universal
    • sleep of the earth their astral forces are not strong enough
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • processes with the unconscious processes of sleep, so that
    • that from the moment the soul, in sleep, forsakes the natural
    • and sprouting processes, we have the sleeping life of the
    • earth. The Earth-Spirit sleeps during the summer and during
    • sleeping condition of the earth, when his soul had to sink
    • into the sleeping Earth-soul in order to have Imagination,
    • signify union in dream and ecstasy with the sleeping,
    • mighty Earth-being sleeps and wakes, taking the whole year
    • for this alternation, whereas man sleeps and wakes in the
    • the night, in sleep, I should have to draw it completely
    • a dead man into our living man. Then sleep has the task of
    • everything to be dissolved by sleep, we should have no
    • if we wish to have a concept of sleeping man and what he
    • asleep, and winter when we look at him awake. If we wish to
    • and weaves during our sleeping condition. If we now seek to
    • weaving in sleep, we can do so as follows. All this is the
    • earth-sleep;
    • succumb to the earth-sleep, Many people very easily fall
    • asleep in the heat of summer, because during the universal
    • sleep of the earth their astral forces are not strong enough
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • enter into relationship with the world, and in the sleeping
    • soul and spirit during sleep, and hinders us in this state,
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • enter into relationship with the world, and in the sleeping
    • soul and spirit during sleep, and hinders us in this state,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking. The involvement of the animal in the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul-sleep, to reduce the intensity of the fire that burned in
    • assiduously, he could refresh himself by partially sleeping off
    • the life of sleep is by no means a direct effect of the
    • preceding daytime life, so also this sleep life of Goethe was
    • sleep? — the answer is given: Because he is tired. This is a
    • lazy truth and one that is itself asleep since it is nonsense.
    • certainly not tired, fall comfortably asleep after a full meal
    • fact is not that we sleep because we are tired, but waking and
    • sleeping are a rhythmic life process, and when it is time or
    • necessary for us to sleep, we become weary. We are tired
    • because we ought to sleep; we do not sleep because we are
    • of sleeping and waking stands. It is a reproduction within the
    • explain sleep as resulting from weariness caused by the day's
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking must be drawn from the cosmos,
    • fell asleep. In reality, such is never the case. We are never
    • the same upon waking as we were when we fell asleep but, as a
    • inner impulse just as the rhythm of waking and sleeping reveals
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ego. In explaining the alternation between waking and sleeping,
    • within the physical and etheric bodies but, during sleep, the
    • speaking generally, sleeping and waking are really a sort of
    • outside the physical and etheric bodies in sleep only in being
    • outside the head. Because the ego and astral body in sleep are
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • organism during sleep. We can, therefore, rightly compare the
    • active relationship exists during the state of sleep between
    • are more intimate during sleep, as are the relationships
    • then, that during sleep especially intimate relationships
    • or lesser degree, we live during sleep, as regards our ego, in
    • sleeping and waking. Thus, you will not be surprised when the
    • spinal cord systems during sleep, and sleeps in this
    • that must really be developed during sleep. Well, when you
    • what it experiences in the ganglionic system during sleep,
    • life that is developed during sleep, and that has its organic
    • One can say with equal justification that during sleep the
    • influencing the sleeping life. The result is simply that the
    • are asleep at night that we enter into relationship with our
    • sleep — the ten years in Weimar. This dampening was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • summer the earth sleeps, so it is not possible then to find
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • place in a person's conscious life from waking until sleeping
    • falling asleep to that of waking, and this often influences our
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • twelve o'clock. He lay only half asleep. At about two o'clock
    • fell again into a half-sleep and when he awoke, it was already
    • try not to sleep through life — excuse the bald expression —
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • social world? It is not good simply to sleep through life, not
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleeping such as was universal in the
    • the sleeping compartment of a train, he hears the voice of his
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • can go to sleep who has undertaken to play a part in the
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • white, spiritual, is outside the head when you are asleep.
    • backbone, is bound up with the spiritual, and when you sleep
    • man during sleep it remains in close connection with the
    • is practically no real separation between the sleeping and
    • soul-spiritual actually disconnects itself in sleep; it
    • be sleeping man (see b diagram 1); the spiritual
    • waking and sleeping man.
    • moments of sleep-life that otherwise would pass in
    • unconscious sleep, are lifted to the surface and the man then
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • the next, and then over the next again. But man sleeps away
    • the interchange of day and night in his waking and sleeping,
    • important that we do not merely pursue half-asleep what
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • asleep this moves more or less out of the body, as it was
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • falling ever more softly and soundly asleep, — then
    • feels the instinctive necessity of overcoming the sleepiness
    • the sleepiness of our fellow-humanity has grown any less of
    • age of man, less given to sleep. And these small Few it was,
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • is what can be called a reversal of going to sleep. It is most
    • sleep. This making ourselves free of the physical body in
    • sleep, the physical body follows only its own laws, which have
    • happens when we go to sleep: our normal perceptions become
    • middle of sleep and see our bodies lying there apart from our
    • to sleep as, say, a chemist is a chemist even when not in his
    • only in sleep. All the time we are awake the head must suffer
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • observe what happens and not to sleepwalk through reality, we
    • sleeping. Because we are naturally all very industrious, we are
    • awake two thirds of our lives and are asleep one third. These
    • what we call sleeping and dreaming also extends to a large
    • something that sleeps, even when we are awake. A very
    • to be permeated by feelings, and we are asleep inasmuch as we
    • your limbs and hands, — all this proceeds in a sleeping
    • state. We sleep and dream beneath the surface of our normal
    • living together dreams and sleeps. However odd and
    • sleeping. This is not a comparison or picture but something
    • operates, where we dream and sleep away our normal life.
    • normally only dreams and sleeps through, can only be called
    • being sleeps and dreams through in his normal historical
    • otherwise only dreams and sleeps, into our consciousness. When
    • experience of history that otherwise sleeps, we shall
    • possible to unveil what men sleep through. This will sink down
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • waking and sleeping. It is not necessary now to go into what
    • happens when the transition from waking to sleeping occurs. But
    • on the one hand is similar to the state of sleep, but which on
    • even say it is the very opposite of the state of sleep. The
    • only in deep, unconscious sleep. This involves the same thing
    • physical, organic life to a standstill. In sleep we achieve
    • to remain unconscious, we do not enter into sleep, but
    • body, so that we are no longer, as in sleep, withdrawn from our
    • upon it — but we are fully conscious in sleep and are
    • sleep is that in sleep we have no consciousness, but here
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • are still asleep, and of which man is ordinarily unconscious.
    • Anthroposophy develops such sleeping powers in the soul
    • we must be able to say to ourselves: Within our souls may sleep
    • sleepy and dull. To achieve an empty consciousness without
    • asleep and waking is beyond our consciousness, with the
    • sleep.
    • will, a kind of sleep is included in our waking life.
    • asleep and awaking. The thought falls asleep into the unknown
    • act, there is really a kind of sleep present in man's waking
    • impulses of will and makes them opaque, put them to sleep,
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • time we go to sleep in the evening — this is our normal
    • easily it would also have to be present when I sleep. But when
    • I sleep, I know nothing about this ego. Can I assume that it is
    • even when the mind is not working in sleep.
    • consciousness as it is in the deepest, dreamless sleep. The ego
    • always sleeps. It sleeps when we are asleep, and it sleeps when
    • we are awake, and we know only about a sleeping ego when we are
    • sleep. The reason we cannot imagine anything like an ego in us
    • something we cannot imagine. The ego is always asleep and there
    • sleep and when we are awake.
    • These truths that our ego sleeps and that we dream in our minds
    • waking life of the day from our dream life and our sleeping
    • asleep and our ideas and images, even in waking life, are like
    • the sleeping human being?
    • differentiates waking life from sleeping and dreaming.
    • that happens in our sleeping and dreaming life when we wake up.
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • between death and the pre-birth we sleep too strongly, if, in
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • more lulling to sleep than an enlightening influence an men.
    • Humanity has been lulled to sleep by the Copernican
    • to sleep with all kinds of hypotheses of this kind. There are
    • must come about. If one could only shake sleepy humanity of
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • illiterate who passes through life asleep with a primer under
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking, and the dream with its pictures belongs at
    • present absolutely to the realm of the sleeping state, it is
    • still half-sleep. On the other hand the dreamlike pictures of
    • which would be extinguished in sleep, preventing, during
    • sleep, this immortal soul from appearing to the soul's
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, in which we are outside of the ordinary circumstances of
    • sleeping state — in general so to speak — so that
    • such a second awakening. Just as the shift from sleeping to
    • asleep — such attempts have indeed also been made in
    • whether we are awake or asleep; we hear tones the same way,
    • dreamlike, even the will is asleep. For when we have decided
    • remains inhibited during sleep. First we have only the idea.
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious sleep, and would have been psychically drowned.
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • unconscious sleep, and would have been psychically drowned.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture III: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • means becoming aware in the physical life. In sleep the human being
    • also in sleep and in the higher states. It makes the remembrance possible
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IX: On the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • If the human being sleeps,
    • interwoven rings form the aura with the sleeping. If the human being
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture X: Goethe's Gospel
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world in the dreamless sleep.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XII: Goethe's Secret Revelation I
    Matching lines:
    • sleeps on the other bank in the spiritual world, and want to be ferried
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIII: Goethe's Secret Revelation II
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, while the transformation takes place; they live over into the
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVIII: The Future of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • sleep and dream of a duel. This is chaotic today, so that it has no
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • the higher nervous system fell asleep, they would behold in a
    • towards the oxygen. When humans fall asleep they sink into
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • a person experiencing vivid dreams during sleep. But the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • lives. When we go to sleep something takes place that is
    • similar to what occurs at death. When we go to sleep the
    • digestion and with sleep. The condition is extremely
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • sleeplessness. A lady, a patient in a sanatorium, took such a
    • pill regularly every evening and enjoyed sound sleep. One
    • occur every so often, for example during sleep; then the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • sleep is that the human being asleep possesses a physical and
    • Thus, in sleep it is only the “I” and astral
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • external world he was like someone asleep. However, what was
    • objects disappear from his consciousness, on falling asleep.
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep. We perceive the various spheres of life through
    • but also when we are asleep. During our sleep, we live outside
    • we are asleep? When we ask this question, we immediately
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, he felt
    • the fact that in these ancient times man's sleep was different
    • from ours. When we are asleep now, we are forsaken
    • completely from the human being. Even when we are asleep, our
    • during sleep the Ego and the soul forsake our whole being, but
    • it would be wrong to draw the sleeping man so as to indicate
    • vicinity of the head. Strictly speaking, when we are asleep,
    • we find that when the human being was asleep, the organs of
    • he was asleep they took up their abode in his head. The human
    • asleep. The ancient Oriental thus discovered within him every
    • done in him while he was asleep. He perceived this in
    • inspired him when he was asleep, while they were active in his
    • that while human beings were asleep, they arranged the trust
    • of the gods in his body, while he was asleep.
    • left there while he was asleep.
    • sleep (they are no longer active in it, for man's
    • from his sleep, because on waking, his fully developed senses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Yoga sleep, in the Orphic sleep, in the Hermes sleep. When the
    • development. During the Yoga-sleep, these twelve figures
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • during the night, when our higher nature is asleep, and this is
    • sleeping state in the other and vice-versa.
    • sleeps, because it sprouts and grows; it sleeps, while it
    • world this plant-consciousness is asleep during the summer and
    • plants, which is awake in the winter and asleep in the summer.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • organism and the ego. From the way that man goes into the sleeping state
    • four members are united, yet in sleep they are separated, so that on
    • a firm shape, the matter remains in the astral body. Now one is asleep,
    • There it reinforces itself somewhat during the state of sleep. (See
    • three to four times. Only after the fourth, having been asleep, the
    • not sleep a couple of times afterwards. That is right, but this is not
    • on one. And that is the reason that we have to sleep four times over
    • at night, if one knows that man sleeps not only in an abstract way with
    • sleep man is nearly all limb-metabolic man up into the brain, because
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • so that men do not have a sleepy, but rather a wakeful civilization.
    • But to become sleepy through Anthroposophy means that one gives much
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep and waking up.” Then of course we would no
    • Between falling asleep and awakening the I is not there,
    • obviously ceases when we go to sleep. The I is no longer
    • reflected. Thus on falling asleep our I would really
    • us aware of being an I. Sleep happens to be a dimming of
    • our will during sleep. The will is then dimmed. We do not will
    • during sleep. Thus what is expressed in the word I is a
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Further Reading
    Matching lines:
    • discussion of dreams, sleep, death, life between death and
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • says: in summer the earth is asleep, in winter awake? It
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • nothing of sleep, he wakes, sleeps; wakes, sleeps; wakes, sleeps. But
    • Thus he looks at the holes that, during sleep, are there in consciousness.
    • came just through sleep. Before the Mystery of Golgotha man slept in
    • a different way from what he now sleeps, whatever the physiologists
    • in sleep. This used to happen. This is just the great crossing point
    • thoughts given them during sleep. On waking, man brought his thoughts
    • sleep.
    • has always been accustomed to what the head was still getting from sleep
    • you to sleep, my dear friends! For it was not written with the idea
    • you get nowhere but go to sleep. Many indeed do go to sleep and they
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in mind our entire life in its alternating states of sleeping and waking.
    • we sleep we leave the physical body and the etheric body lying in the
    • our body when asleep, we are poured out into the surrounding cosmos.
    • In this way when we are sleeping our consciousness as a man is slight.
    • When the sleeping condition is unbroken by dreams which implies a certain
    • dreamless sleep, then our consciousness is so inconsiderable that we
    • gone through in the state between going to sleep and re-awakening. This
    • In sleep, with our ego and astral body we are outside the physical body—no,
    • to sleep and waking up again: (Compare Z-233) we do not know it, however,
    • because our consciousness is then weakened, because our sleep-consciousness
    • physical body and its organs. The life during the state of sleep is
    • always to have to perceive what in sleep we experience with the things
    • nature are concerned we actually go to sleep in the presence of another
    • as to this falling asleep. For we certainly see the other man with our
    • to fall asleep in the depths of our human being. Just as we are asleep
    • to nature at night, something is sent to sleep in us by the presence
    • of another man. When this goes to sleep, however, it does not cease
    • most important things in social life has fallen asleep and they act
    • the intellect is most easily lulled to sleep, the most chaotic instincts
    • clear thinking about these things is sent to sleep simply by men being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • the near future, in which we must take our place not sleeping—as
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • did not become free in the chaotic condition that it does today in sleep;
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • of the body which appear after falling asleep, the astral body
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping human being of which we can now say: the sleeping
    • conditions called unconscious sleep. We have to say that this
    • astral body is lifted during dreamless sleep out of the
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to go to sleep. There is much too pronounced an attitude among men for
    • to sleep a bit, we can dream a little, one can be a sentimental mystic.
    • rest a little when we are enjoying Art; we think we can sleep a little.
    • This Building is not for that kind of sleeping consciousness. People
    • with this kind of sleeping consciousness come into this Building and
    • is not calculated to induce sleep but is for the purpose of awakening,
    • I see again and again that people so love sleep even here in the Anthroposophical
    • really the satisfaction of a selfish desire for sleep. Well, here the
    • in everyday conditions. In ordinary life we sleep a great deal to-day,
    • and it is from this sleep that our principle misfortunes come. That
    • sleep to enter into our eurhythmic forms but that a greater awareness
    • against sleepiness in life.
    • that we must not sleep. It is also necessary that we make a certain
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • Sleep, at her all-compelling nod;
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • — her mother killed herself with a sleeping-draught,
    • whereby — as otherwise in sleep — the complete
    • gradually they fall asleep? Or, when they are still under the
    • asleep in the midst of amusing themselves. Goethe is not
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • own, in a life not of sleep but of twilight, would build up
    • that during his sleep-life man sinks into a real, cosmic
    • sleep, is in a sphere that brings him nearer to the fulness
    • asleep and waking. With our physical body we could not
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • we belong between falling asleep and waking.
    • today in sleep, and no one can penetrate to them unless he
    • experienced in the world where man is between falling asleep
    • asleep and waking, the world we find again if with
    • between falling asleep and waking. And he believed this can
    • experiences today between falling asleep and waking, all that
    • the language that must have been used between falling asleep
    • would have were he conscious from falling asleep to waking,
    • he enters between falling asleep and Braking, and, absorbing
    • here, the world man experiences from the time he falls asleep
    • sphere of reality, during the time between falling asleep and
    • sleep to one less deep, and though not quite awake, are on
    • be made of the dream-world, the sleep-world, in changing
    • half-asleep and half awake. This is the second layer of
    • the scene open with the Sirens. We are in the world of sleep,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • asleep. For even en little reflection will show you that men
    • between waking and sleeping is really only apparent. We might
    • they sleep too — sleep as regards a very great many
    • of our life of will, is wrapped in dreams and sleep.
    • Sleep-life projects itself into waking life. We could be far
    • sleep-life and the dream-life arising from it. Nevertheless,
    • earth-fire and water-air. While unconscious in sleep, to a
    • connection. From the moment you begin to fall asleep till you
    • I am going to say to the communications we have in sleep,
    • then you will know what I mean by saying: In sleep you speak
    • experience in your soul during your sleep is imparted to you
    • by innumerable people; and what you do during your sleep is
    • in sleep is very intimate. It would be highly distressing if
    • sleep, as a rule, you know if anyone is lying, you know as a
    • know one another in sleep comparatively well, but with dimmed
    • now lives from falling asleep to waking.
    • life between falling asleep and waking, dreams emerge. Why
    • dream-life, into the life of sleep, and through this dreams
    • sleep, and might speak to our conscience. The experiences and
    • this; during sleep you don't want to hear anything this
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • of soul and spirit where, between falling asleep and waking,
    • morning, when you wake out of sleep. Exactly the same force,
    • if, during sleep he became awake to this body-free condition.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • differently. He will behave like a man who, asleep at night
    • Then, if he goes to sleep consciously, as it were, retaining
    • his consciousness in sleep, if, sleeping on, he can take with
    • him into his sleep-knowledge the idea of Homunculus acquired
    • almost seems to us that sunk with our cognition into sleep,
    • from our nightly sleep, or from the sleep of cognition, to
    • men who when they are asleep know quite well what is actually
    • living above, and through their sleep dreamily experience the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • sleep should have had its effect upon us before we wake,
    • waking when sleep has done its work upon us, we should have
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • during the time between going to sleep and awakening when we
    • interior. How can we, when sleeping we are outside our body, be
    • sleeping state. That conceals itself and masks itself at first;
    • sleep is independent of it, indeed which is the creator of the
    • last experience before going to sleep, and then you can again
    • unconsciously during sleep. Now in order to go further with the
    • last going to sleep can very easily be joined to that after the
    • directly onto the last happening before going to sleep. They
    • as the last happenings before the last going to sleep is
    • last picture before the last going to sleep, one now does not
    • last experience before the last going to sleep of which one now
    • one has previously missed by sleeping through it, even while
    • sleeping through it in dreamless sleep. The empty time which
    • sleep and the first after waking up, this is now filling up.
    • outer experiences, has gone asleep. Now one learns to recognise
    • how the sleeping soul is in reality when it doesn't have the
    • strength to bring its experiences which it has during sleep in
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • in-between conditions of life, between waking and sleeping for
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • instance saw flowers before they fell asleep. During sleep they
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • “In the sleeping man, who is not conscious of the
    • regard to this sleeping body, we need not say, ‘We cannot know’
    • — ‘Ignorabimus!’ We are able to comprehend the sleeping
    • scientist. In the sleeping man something is absent which
    • maintain that man, when he goes to sleep “ceases to
    • in the sleeping man. As, however, the man of science uses as a
    • no longer be sensed when man falls asleep, cannot be the object
    • perceptible in the sleeping man, that we must seek for that
    • experiences during sleep, since the inner self has as yet no
    • sleep wrapped it round has memory, and this remembrance rises
    • before the sleeper in pictures more or less fantastic and
    • sleeper only can be an object for the experiments of
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Meanwhile in others, who always sleep soundly because they are
    • evening I think, therefore I am. Then I fall asleep. I do not
    • I am. I fall asleep, and as I now do not think, I am not. This
    • then is the consequence: A person not only falls asleep, but
    • ceases to be when he falls asleep. There is no less fitting
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • will we are asleep, even when fully awake. When we raise an
    • about the conditions prevailing from the time we fall asleep until we
    • wake up. In our willing, in our actions, we are asleep, while in our
    • asleep during the night; we are asleep, in part of our being, during
    • waking life too. In our will we are asleep and in our feelings we
    • dream. What we experience during actual sleep is withdrawn from our
    • going to sleep until that of waking, the Ego and astral body are
    • and the astral body pass through from the time of falling asleep to
    • the time we wake up until we fall asleep. Our soul is filled with the
    • sleep, we are not in the world this side of the senses, we are then in
    • But when we fall asleep, we emerge from the world of sense and
    • asleep until the time of waking, we live in the world of Spirit, that
    • When we wake from sleep we pass over into the world of animals,
    • world of sense. When we fall asleep, we pass beyond the world of
    • above man — the Angels. And from the time of falling asleep until
    • If, living in our astral body during sleep, we were suddenly to wake
    • the Divine-Spiritual world — on falling asleep, such a man has no
    • we fall asleep, this Angel is waiting as it were for the idealistic
    • more intimate becomes our relation to the Angel while we are asleep.
    • asleep and our idealistic experiences reach to the Angel, this Angel
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • without using the physical senses, between the time of falling asleep
    • and waking, when you are outside your bodies. When during sleep you
    • during sleep, in the form of an intimate knowledge of Nature of which
    • sleep but during waking consciousness in connection with the external
    • even in waking life a certain part of our being sleeps and dreams. The
    • feelings we dream and in the operations of our will we are asleep.
    • is less capable of penetrating the secrets of Nature during sleep.
    • a way that your souls, while you sleep every night, are not
    • them during sleep. But the bodies of to-day are not always a help in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • goes to sleep every night. The sense world fades out around him and
    • consciousness as it does when he goes to sleep, and then to live in
    • they do in sleep.
    • that man not only experiences the rhythm of sleeping and waking but
    • experiences the cycles of sleeping and waking, summer and winter. He
    • sleep, and when he returns again into everyday consciousness he feels
    • earth. In effect he feels something summer-like in going to sleep and
    • understand what the spirit of the earth is, and how it is asleep in
    • organism of the earth. The earth is asleep in summer and awake in
    • winter as I am asleep and awake in the alternation of night and day.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping — our dream consciousness. We cannot become familiar
    • border of sleeping and waking and that is nourished by images of
    • would have these new experiences between sleeping and waking during
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • through which we live in dreamless sleep. Here already an absolute
    • paradox appears, for sleep after all is characterized by the complete
    • be conscious when he falls to sleep, and he does not regain
    • actually a condition of life corresponding to our sleep in which,
    • usual human processes, are exactly like the condition of sleep, but
    • sleeps, then people, if they take any notice at all, do not stop at
    • from a realm in which they are always fast asleep! So we cannot
    • both waking and sleeping beings. Different as these two conditions
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping. What does it really signify? We can only understand the
    • nature of sleep if we realize that in the present epoch the soul
    • the near future it will more and more be realized how sleep has to
    • sleep.
    • While we are asleep
    • while we are awake a process of destruction, during sleep a repairing
    • consists in perceiving disintegrating processes. During sleep we are
    • force, which at other times creates our consciousness, is in sleep
    • what happens during sleep. Because of this alternating cycle of
    • health to go without proper sleep. Certainly man's life is so
    • suffer from sleeplessness to go to pieces quickly, but they do not
    • than we generally give him credit for, sleeplessness would in a very
    • cycle of construction with its resulting unconsciousness in sleep,
    • during sleep. These forces were building up a definite structure in
    • certain cases — as takes place when in the middle of his sleep
    • to experience moments when we seem to waken in sleep, and yet do not
    • from a fresh aspect. We can bring about such moments during sleep by
    • power to understand the spiritual slept for awhile. It was this sleep
    • of somewhat greater significance than that of waking and sleeping.
    • experience what we can experience in sleep when for a moment we
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • are at rest. They sleep.
    • Darwinism, even on the physical plane, is actually asleep in our
    • sleep they appear and begin building up again what has been
    • really be perceived in a sleeping man. So we should have to say that
    • whatever it is that repairs in sleeping man the forces he spends in
    • the sleeping human body the physical evidence of man's transcending
    • man beyond the animal are awake only when man sleeps. From all this
    • clairvoyant during sleep; that is, when in a condition otherwise like
    • sleep he awakes clairvoyantly. In the fifth lecture we already
    • to some extent, from the processes observable in sleeping man,
    • active in man when he sleeps. Natural science knows only the external
    • organism again in sleep, then it will treat these forces as does a
    • with the superficial objection that animals also sleep. Such
    • the real nature of things. By introducing animal sleep into the
    • function in different realms of nature. Sleep is an altogether
    • the regeneration of his organism as he sleeps. Now these forces are
    • lives as a sleeping force and only wakens with puberty, seen in its
    • sleep regenerate the outworn forces in man. Only they are hidden by
    • good or evil only when they awaken, but that sleep, or at most dream,
    • All this time his nature is permeated by these sleeping forces. This
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • evolution. Still earlier was what we call sleep-consciousness, a
    • our sleep. As dream-consciousness is for us, so was this
    • sleep-consciousness for those ancient men. It found its way into
    • sleep-consciousness could still penetrate the higher worlds, it gave
    • with that we have a sleep-consciousness that for us is closed but for
    • regarding the activity of living beings. Sleep, for example, is not
    • the same for man and animal. Simply to define sleep would be like
    • world. When we are asleep we are in tamas. We have to bring about
    • this condition in sleep in order that our spirit may leave our body
    • whether by sleep or clairvoyant perception, to take only these two
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • this was illumined from the higher region — of sleep
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • normal life between waking and sleeping is brought about through the
    • condition that would come about if someone while sleeping were
    • falls asleep, when all impressions cease, he normally falls into
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • independent of the physical body in ordinary life, i.e. in sleep, it
    • maintain consciousness when, as in sleep, the physical and etheric
    • ordinary sleep. The stronger-than-ordinary soul-forces that a man
    • waking or sleeping person. Also when he has, so to speak, laid aside
    • his seer's gift and sees only the physical world and the sleeping
    • person, then, too, comes the feeling that the sleeper has been
    • we know that they cannot go to sleep as they like, owing to their
    • but also the village folk go to sleep at a certain time and wake at a
    • bodies. The plant cannot have an afternoon sleep at will; it has to
    • But what is man when as physical and etheric body he lies asleep, with
    • the sleeping man, who also consists of physical body and etheric body,
    • physical and etheric bodies when he sleeps, just as the physical Sun
    • the time of the Egyptian Mysteries — when in sleep he saw the Sun
    • going to sleep in the evening he passes out of his physical and
    • brings back the forces he has gathered during sleep in order to use
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • sleep as physical and etheric body — here we have to do with the
    • the intermediate state between waking and sleeping the human soul
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • by exoteric thought — the chaotic life bound up with sleep and
    • enigmas before them. If the sleeper can solve these enigmas, he is
    • appears and oppresses man during his sleep. The reversed Lord's Prayer
    • conceived in a condition of higher sleep where realities are
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • conditions in which man finds himself during sleep and waking life.
    • During sleep the astral body is partly freed from the physical body
    • Initiation takes place while man is in a state of sleep; Western
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • vision which arises during the sleeping state, is still incomplete.
    • the sleeping state. Astral life is reflected in dreams but in deep
    • sleep, pure sounds arise. The soul experiences the inner words
    • In deep sleep, the Initiate hears these sounds as if they were the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • vision of the Washing of the Feet in the astral world during sleep.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • start from a consideration of the state of sleep.
    • For the vast majority of human beings, sleep is a condition full of
    • enigmas. During sleep, man's etheric body remains with his physical
    • astral body and individual Ego leave the sleeping body and live an
    • the astral body is to receive and transmit; by night, during sleep,
    • to perform the restorative work on the sleeping physical body which
    • during sleep. Where is the Self, the Ego of man? In the world of
    • between sleep that is filled with dreams and the state of deep sleep.
    • Sleep that is filled with dreams is an expression of astral
    • consciousness. Deep, dreamless sleep — the sleep that follows the
    • initiation is man aware of his experiences in deep sleep. In the
    • dream life and dreamless sleep.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • reverberates in colours, light and sound. Whether it be in sleep or
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, his consciousness lives in the devachanic world. The
    • The consciousness of the mineral-corresponding to deep sleep.
    • The consciousness of the plant-ordinary sleep.
    • Sleep itself — not the dream — here becomes a conscious state. We do not only behold images but we enter into the living essence of beings and hear their inner tones. In the physical world we give names to things but the names are merely outer appellations. Only man can express his own being from within by saying ‘I’ — the ineffable name of conscious individuality. By this word we distinguish our own personality from the rest of the universe. But when we become conscious of the world of sound, each being, each thing communicates its own true name; in clairaudience we hear the sound which expresses its innermost being and rings forth as a tone in the universe that is distinct from all others.
    • One stage further and deep sleep becomes a conscious state. Description is impossible, for this condition passes beyond the limits of comparison. All that can be said is that it exists.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • endowed with a consciousness akin to that of dreamless sleep.
    • consciousness or deep sleep. He was not yet the being of light which
    • shall become conscious of what today is the unconsciousness of sleep.
    • which is not only that of dreamless sleep but a conscious condition in
    • deep sleep.
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • had to go through a sort of sleep-state. What now takes
    • somewhat different way. He must go through a sort of sleep
    • condition. To understand the nature of sleep, let us remind
    • ourselves what takes place when one sleeps. One's higher
    • being. In normal sleep the physical and etheric bodies are
    • is in this sleep condition he is no longer in the sense
    • darkness of night. It comes to those who sleep. It comes to
    • everyone who sleeps. But the darkness comprehended it not
    • body in sleep is different, one is not aware of it. If one
    • of what was wrapped in sleep and is now awakened on the
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • start from the normal state of sleep. What happens when a
    • person sleeps? In man we have the physical body, etheric
    • person sleeps? The physical and etheric bodies remain in bed.
    • person lies asleep. The astral body then works from outside.
    • disadvantages for people who sleep badly. Beings belonging to
    • when the astral body works on the physical body during sleep
    • sleep.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • from that of ordinary sleep. There must be a close rapport between
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • of sleep is not unjustified, for between sleep and death there is a
    • when he falls asleep to the moment when he wakes up. This stretch of
    • from it. If we want to understand sleep properly, we must recall the
    • from the head downwards. When a man falls asleep, the physical and etheric
    • body, man loses consciousness in sleep, for in this life he needs the
    • for sleep, and hence also its refreshing, healing effect. The question
    • peculiar tingling feeling we have when a limb “goes to sleep”.
    • for example, goes to sleep, a clairvoyant would see a little second
    • has when it goes to sleep. The clairvoyant can see the loosened etheric
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • the forces of nature. In Winter these forces were asleep, but in Spring
    • When a man is asleep, his astral body leaves the physical and etheric
    • theosophical books to say that man is asleep in Devachan; incorrect that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • a high degree of clairvoyance. Their sleep at night was not like that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • state. But that is only one state; between waking and sleeping there
    • of dreamless sleep, sleep without consciousness, when nothing comes
    • only during sleep, he is then able to analyse with his intellect whether
    • from the sense-world in sleep, he is unconscious. This is no longer so
    • during sleep the exhausted forces of the physical and etheric bodies
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • fall asleep, as would then normally happen; you must remain conscious.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • activity of etheric body. Cosmic astrality active during sleep.
    • illness originating in sleep. Search for the medicinal remedy.
    • Somnambulism. Temple sleep. Modern physician must practice wise
    • Waking-and-sleeping. Forces of winter and summer creating the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • organization are in close connection. In sleep the physical body and
    • sleep, their ego organization is not properly within the astral body,
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • between inhalation while awake and inhalation while asleep. The
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • body, from within outwards. While we are asleep the cosmic astrality
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • in our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • while it is asleep this human body is, so to speak, subject to these
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • that sleep is healthful is correct in a certain sense, but only under
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • catabolic processes are there because of some unhealthy sleep
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • illness. So we can say that sleep can show us how causes of illness
    • the normal sleep processes; at the same time they are the basis for
    • sides! On one side, in the sleep condition of the human physical and
    • sleep in the human physical and etheric bodies, we find the
    • and consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • is falling asleep, and this is creating harmful soul substances in
    • These are sleepwalkers, whose peculiar state is not make-believe; it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • Every time we go to sleep we not only breathe carbon dioxide out, but
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • should, enhancing the sleep condition. The ancient initiates
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • when human beings sleep. When we are asleep our physical and etheric
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • to Earth existence. And the fact that the sleep condition is
    • essential to us means that nature preserves in the sleeping human
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • appear. That is the realm of the Father God. When we sleep we enter
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • sleep to balance what is experienced in subnature, then there is
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Forward by Michael Lipson, Ph.D.
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner analyzes everything from sleepwalking to hyperliteracy to the
    • more wholly entering it. Though in sleep and at death the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • organization are in close connection. In sleep the physical body and
    • sleep, their ego organization is not properly within the astral body,
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • between inhalation while awake and inhalation while asleep. The
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • body, from within outwards. While we are asleep the cosmic astrality
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • while it is asleep this human body is, so to speak, subject to these
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • that sleep is healthful is correct in a certain sense, but only under
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • catabolic processes are there because of some unhealthy sleep
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • illness. So we can say that sleep can show us how causes of illness
    • the normal sleep processes; at the same time they are the basis for
    • sides! On one side, in the sleep condition of the human physical and
    • sleep in the human physical and etheric bodies, we find the
    • consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep we
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • is falling asleep, and this is creating harmful soul substances in
    • These are sleepwalkers, whose peculiar state is not make-believe; it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • Every time we go to sleep we not only breathe carbon dioxide out, but
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • should, enhancing the sleep condition. The ancient initiates
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • when human beings sleep. When we are asleep our physical and etheric
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • to Earth existence. And the fact that the sleep condition is
    • essential to us means that nature preserves in the sleeping human
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • appear. That is the realm of the Father God. When we sleep we enter
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • sleep to balance what is experienced in subnature, then there is
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Back Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • sleepwalking to psychosis to the visions of St. Teresa of Avila, he
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • own inner being! Imagine yourselves as having been asleep for a
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • day, during which we wake and sleep. Now of course you all know how
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to consider the rhythmic alternation of sleeping and waking. What
    • physical body is quite different in sleep, when the astral body with
    • forces of the physical body, in sleep these forces are being
    • place during sleep. But nothing which happens anywhere in space is
    • physical bodies from the time we awaken to the time we go to sleep
    • the universe, and during sleep with the forces of renewal.
    • could undertake the rebuilding of the physical body during sleep,
    • this day it is they who are active in us during sleep, when they work
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • a much lower level. Let me give you an example. A man goes to sleep
    • passes into the condition of sleep. Suppose that the last thought he
    • had before he fell asleep in the evening was of a rose beside him.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • us when we are asleep, though the astral form is now quite different
    • from what it was in the time of which Genesis speaks. When man sleeps
    • peculiar life of the astral body during sleep. From my
    • you come back from the sleeping to the waking state you have absorbed
    • body quit the physical body when the human being falls asleep. But in
    • over the whole of our solar system. During sleep it is united with
    • astral body because during sleep it is in inner union with the starry
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • etheric bodies during sleep remain in the bed. When we are concerned
    • in sleep from the other human members (grown denser since that time);
    • that when today man in the state of sleep is with his finer members
    • only united with the planets in some kind of sleep, but after his
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • sleeps through his mortal existence. In early Christianity, man is
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Even in dreams the transition from the sleeping to the waking state
    • part of the sleeping state, as itself a semi-sleep. But what came to
    • life, a consciousness that is extinguished in sleep, so that in sleep
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • day and sleep by night, have changed. The normal state to-day is that
    • astral body draw out of the physical and etheric bodies, and sleep
    • body lay for three and a half days in a trancelike sleep, in a kind of
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • state of sleep, when consciousness is in complete abeyance. Between
    • engrossed by this beloved dead son. Even in sleep the connecting links
    • waking or sleeping — a third state, more like the one prevailing
    • Thus, for human beings in certain states between waking and sleeping,
  • Title: Synopsis: The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    Matching lines:
    • Humility. Sleep. What is forgotten of sleep we remember in Kamaloka:
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • enter physical life as one might say, half sleeping, dreaming, as
    • here in waking and sleeping. On the one hand we have a full
    • unconscious condition sets in, in the time between sleeping and
    • that this sleep-life may be lit
    • happens between falling asleep and waking up. If we can attain to
    • sleep, we really learn to know an amazing kingdom of Life. In this
    • unconscious condition between falling asleep and waking up a vast and
    • us, in this sleep-life, is that it is much more active than the life
    • between waking and sleeping. During sleep we are within our Ego and
    • one or other of these two conditions of waking and sleeping, and have
    • deal more inactivity in the life between waking and falling asleep,
    • but great activity in the life between sleeping and waking. There a
    • waking and sleeping are just the busiest between sleeping and waking.
    • home presently, go to bed and sleep, and wake up to-morrow morning.
    • And in the time between your sleeping and waking — quite
    • will work upon it a great deal in your next sleep and perhaps also
    • during the following nights. One sees souls labouring between sleeping
    • lecture. And that would be worked upon during sleep, and transformed
    • between our waking and sleeping. Everything we experience by day we
    • incarnation. When we are asleep, we are our own prophetic transmuters
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • sleep life in a special form during the time we call Kamaloka, and
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • between going to sleep and waking, we live in the astral body and Ego.
    • ‘Thus Hofrat Eysenhardt woke up in the middle of sleep, was
    • sudden recollection of whom had roused him out of a deep sleep. He
    • whether he fell asleep again without being aware of it and dreamed,
    • fallen asleep and dreamed, certain it is that he awoke with this
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • falls into a sort of sleep-like condition. And during these thirteen
    • no difference between waking and sleeping. Those great beings of
    • external earth existence in its similarity with the sleeping and
  • Title: Easter/Pentecost: Lecture I: Thoughts on Easter
    Matching lines:
    • interests of man who sleeps through his mortal existence. Above
  • Title: Easter/Pentecost: Lecture II: The Mystery of Pentecost and the Ascension
    Matching lines:
    • when in the state of sleep which otherwise he could not have
    • the conditions of sleeping and waking. In sleep the physical
    • asleep until awaking the astral body and ego are independent of
    • them. During this state of independence in sleep the active
    • prepared for the state of sleep. It is in the state of sleep
    • man, but it could not extend to his sleeping condition of
    • taken place for his sleeping condition. The consequence of this
    • continued to incarnate on earth, but sleep would have
    • during the condition of sleep. In order that this might be, men
    • asleep and waking; for this they must prepare themselves by
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • somnambulists. The consciousness of the sleepwalker is spread out over
    • deep sleep, dream consciousness, waking consciousness, psychic,
    • ascended through the trance, deep sleep and dream consciousness up to
    • dreamless sleep, as this developed on Old Sun. The astral body dreams
    • in the same way as one dreams during sleep. Dream consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • closes his physical sense organs in sleep, awareness of self ceases:
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • by the Gods, the Devas. Because this is so man must dream and sleep.
    • Now we can also understand the nature of sleeping and dreaming. To
    • the whole night only he does not remember it. During sleep the mental
    • self-conscious. He begins to be so on the Astral Plane. In deep sleep
    • must therefore at times leave the body. Man must sleep in order that
    • this can take place. The conditions of dreaming and sleeping are only
    • planes does he no longer dream and no longer sleep, but he then
    • by a reality even in deep sleep. Then begins continuity of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • If a person drowsy with sleep meditates and in so doing does not rise
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • consider the nature of the sleeping human being. Man consists, as we
    • ego. When he sleeps, the astral body with the ego is outside the human
    • influence on the etheric body. When someone sleeps the etheric body
    • remains on the physical plane. If, in the vicinity of a sleeping
    • etheric body; only nothing of this will be experienced by the sleeper.
    • without the sleeper knowing anything about it. During waking life also
    • sleeping condition, any being having the power to send out thoughts,
    • thoughts into the etheric body of the sleeper. Someone can therefore
    • In the night therefore we find in astral space the sleeping bodies, or
    • difference between falling asleep and dying is that when one falls
    • asleep, the etheric body remains connected with the physical body. All
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • comes into a sleeping condition (Pralaya) and out of this emerges the
    • short sleeping condition. When man arrives at the last, seventh stage
    • he goes through a longer sleeping condition. He is enriched and can
    • an undifferentiated, uniform sleep condition but very differentiated.
    • When someone has so far developed occult faculties that he sleeps
    • consciously in dreamless sleep he has developed a Devachanic
    • the third degree. Conscious sleep, which leads to this awareness is of
    • This was preceded by dreamless sleep consciousness on the Sun; at that
    • time man was still a sleeping plant. A still earlier condition, that
    • Old Sun = Dreamless Sleep-consciousness
    • Old Moon = Dreaming Sleep or picture consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • dreamless sleep like the plant and the dream filled sleep such as
    • sleeps, only the astral body frees itself and the physical body and
    • the etheric body remain lying in the bed. If in sleep he were able to
    • body also out of the sleeping physical body and in the sleeping
    • develop. Then, while man sleeps, he will gain a consciousness
    • On Sun Dreamless sleep, consciousness limited to what is living
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • deep sleep. In this condition man heard the Word. It was the condition
    • of the Ancient Persian Sleep-trance. ‘Honover’ was the word used by
    • With the ancient Persians we find the deep sleep of the etheric body.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Schematic Survey of the Stages of World Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • Deep Sleep Consciousness, Dreamless Consciousness (Old Sun)
    • Super-Psychic or Conscious Sleep-Consciousness (Future Venus)
    • After every ‘Kingdom’ there is a short Pralaya (Sleep Condition) and
    • Second Planet (Dreamless Sleep Consciousness)
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Glossary of Indian-Theosophical Terms
    Matching lines:
    • Sleep condition; Existence during a Rest-period between two Manvantaras, also called a closed orbit.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • kind of digestive sleep. They are then experiencing the activity of
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • be found in the lecture “The Nature of Sleep” [Not
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • influence too on the sleeping plant. Interwoven with the moonlight,
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep, could not exist. We should perish between going to sleep
    • the state in which our soul lives during sleep. Take what I said
    • earthly existence. And when between falling asleep and waking we
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the brain, and when the brain goes to sleep and falls into the torpor
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • During sleep the soul does not know what it is because sleep runs its
    • were awakened. While before it was as though asleep, afterward it is
    • ordinary life, is asleep, and for super-sensible perception must be
    • Imagine that you go to sleep and that you know, “My body is lying
    • waking and a sleeping being and it is he himself who wakes his
    • may sound strange. We know all this but the knowledge sleeps in us.
    • awakening of the etheric body, so that we may speak of the sleeping
    • between sleeping and waking in the physical body and in the etheric
    • body. In the physical body sleeping and waking are alternating
    • such alternation; in it sleeping and waking are simultaneous. Thus, a
    • that corresponds to his hands and feet is still deep asleep. Whereas
    • the physical body is asleep at one time, awake at another, in the
    • etheric body some parts are awake and others asleep at the same time.
    • Progress consists in making the sleeping parts more and more into
    • conscious life in the sleeping etheric body. So there is a condition
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • experience during sleep becomes different. In the ordinary experience
    • as soon as a man falls asleep he becomes unconscious, regaining his
    • for remembrance of his dreams, he has no memory of his sleeping life.
    • He lives through sleep in a state of unconsciousness. Now in the first
    • over man's sleeping life so that he begins to experience another way
    • of falling asleep. With the approach of sleeping life another kind of
    • after falling asleep, there arises what can be called a memory of
    • vivid just after going to sleep and it gradually dies away toward the
    • initiation, the usual unconsciousness of sleep can become lit up and
    • consciously the time between falling asleep and waking. When you live
    • fully conscious sleep (that I have described as a being in the higher
    • for us in fully conscious sleep, we can form an idea, as in the case
    • extended during sleep.
    • sleep you do not feel that it is before, and that waking comes after.
    • You only feel certain experiences that begin as you go to sleep, and
    • way as before going to sleep.
    • You have rather the feeling, “I have been to sleep,” and the
    • sleep. With it is intermingled a certain yearning, a yearning that
    • such a state as we have in sleep into a waking state? Follow
    • sleep into the waking state that we have on earth, the whole of
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • when a person is asleep, the connection between his ‘I’
    • normal manner. This connection is loosened during sleep, so that the
    • usually done unconsciously during sleep; and he leaves it with the
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • from outside, while during sleep we are unconscious. In the state
    • Each day when we fall asleep and
    • when we experience the interval between sleeping and waking, we are
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • will waken inwardly through the Spirit rousing him out of the sleep
    • asleep. The Spirit will shine into this human sleep, which as it
    • humanity. The spirit in man will shine into this sleep even during
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • are so fond of sleeping in face of reality, they fail to recognise in
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • — that is to say, puts us partially to sleep. You see then, why
    • body of consciousness and makes it all the time asleep. This indeed
    • as it were, by the downward pressure, we see men being put to sleep.
    • sleep”, of which we spoke just now. But there are other
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • sleep and are surrounded by light, — how we unite our
    • consciousness; namely when we fall asleep. Consciousness ceases. It
    • to sleep by mass, how it sucks-out our consciousness, — you
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • processes of will we are asleep — asleep even in the midst of
    • Where the essential Will is living, we are fast asleep. And now
    • of sleep. We must be fully clear that this is so. Consider then
    • those forces which develop in us when we are sleeping. And we are
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • unfold when half-asleep belongs directly to the outer things which
    • in your dreaming, half-asleep condition you perceive. In
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • mystical experience. Waking and sleeping. The stream of forgetfulness.
    • The planets and their connection with sleeping and waking life. The
    • during sleep. Dreamless sleep, dream-life, somnambulism. The planetary
    • Spiritual organs of perception and the strengthening powers of sleep.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • clearly-namely, the alternating states of waking and sleeping through
    • What is it that we do in sleep? In sleep we do exactly the same, in a
    • lose hold of our Ego, in sleep we lose not only our Ego-consciousness
    • In sleep there is no such world around us, for everything in the way
    • of perception has gone. Thus sleep differs from ecstasy in this
    • respect: in sleep, together with the extinction of the Ego, a man's
    • sleep the faculty of perception and the consciousness too, are
    • behind of man during sleep is what there is in him apart from the Ego
    • and apart from consciousness. In the normal sleeping man we have
    • dense darkness surrounds us — we sleep. Thus in sleep, as in
    • characteristic of sleep — the bearer of our consciousness and its
    • We may therefore say that man's sleep is a kind of ecstasy — a
    • abandoned; and in sleep another member too is abandoned, for the
    • We have, then, to picture man in sleep as consisting on the one side
    • sleeper which have been given over to a world that is to begin with an
    • Sleep represents a kind of division of man's being. Consciousness and
    • Ego separate from the outer sheaths and what happens in sleep is that
    • While he is asleep man is given over to the Macrocosm, poured out into
    • But in sleep there is another factor of importance. As long as a man
    • If we think of sleep, we must admit that the world we there enter has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    • SLEEPING AND WAKING LIFE IN RELATION TO THE PLANETS
    • The relation between man's waking and sleeping states has been broadly
    • state of sleep. Let me mention in parenthesis that there is no need to
    • during sleep, remains behind in the physical world. The fact that the
    • man goes to sleep can be reality only to spiritual investigation, to
    • a spiritual world while he is asleep and in the physical world when he
    • Let us now consider the sleeping human being. Quite naturally, normal
    • human consciousness regards sleep as an undifferentiated state that is
    • sleep? Yes, several quite different influences can be distinguished.
    • explore the different influences which are exerted upon the sleeping
    • him when he goes to sleep and he will notice how the inner activity
    • to sleep will feel that he can now no longer exercise the same control
    • exerted upon man as a preliminary to sleep; it is the influence that
    • sleep, to stop speaking, tasting, hearing, and so forth. A power is
    • would be absolutely calm, unbroken sleep. This is of course known in
    • with sleep. But there are other kinds of sleep.
    • themselves into sleep. Were only the first influence at work, the
    • influence that draws man into a spiritual world, sleep unbroken by any
    • sleep is broken by dreams. Two influences can be distinguished: the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • during the sleeping state in a spiritual world and on waking returns
    • observes life that when this transition from the sleeping to the
    • There is, of course, an actual state of transition from sleeping to
    • a stream: while we sleep we are on this side of the stream,
    • sleep, for at the moment of going to sleep the possibility of
    • sleep and waking. But we can never cross this boundary without being
    • When we cross the boundary on going to sleep, consciousness ceases and
    • if he were able, on waking from sleep, to descend into his own inner
    • ordinary sleep, so, by day, when our gaze is directed outwards, the
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • enhanced. How does this development proceed in everyday life? Sleeping
    • turn our minds to the condition of sleep which alone makes this
    • Every night on going to sleep our souls take with them something from
    • — is transformed during sleep in such a way that it becomes our
    • in our conscious life become active during sleep; experiences are
    • we go to sleep, this being receives the day's experiences and
    • But we bring out of sleep much more than we ourselves brought into it
    • fatigue because these forces are exhausted, and during sleep they are
    • during sleep is therefore the source of innumerable forces we need for
    • what actually works creatively on his inner being during sleep.
    • out of the state of consciousness prevailing in sleep, in such a way
    • co-operation they stream into us during sleep. Furthermore, these
    • independence because this Will has streamed into us during sleep. Then
    • sleep. From this it is evident that when a man is given up to his own
    • So we see that the effects of sleep work upon our inner being and
    • Macrocosm into which our being pours during sleep, yet our soul is
    • into us when we are given over to the Macrocosm during sleep? This
    • especially at the moment of waking from sleep. It is found that
    • to Cosmic Feeling as absorbed in sleep. The greater human intelligence
    • stage of evolution men could draw adequate forces out of sleep; these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • man, who during sleep felt outspread and free in the Macrocosm,
    • with him that something has streamed into him during sleep from worlds
    • pass into the state of sleep — and also, for a short time, what
    • sleep. We shall begin to-morrow by describing the process of going to
    • sleep and then pass on to speak of the macrocosmic spheres into which
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • in sleep is reduced to about one-third. But in the ancient Mysteries
    • consciously experiencing the moment of going to sleep, consciously
    • experiencing the condition during which he is given over to sleep. We
    • the moment of going to sleep man forgets his existence altogether and
    • to him if he did not lose consciousness on going to sleep. We will
    • therefore now turn our attention to this moment of going to sleep as
    • The process of going to sleep is in very truth an ascent into the
    • sleep. This happens in the following way. — The man feels a kind
    • or less conscious at the moment of going to sleep. But a person who
    • going to sleep. All the impressions of the day — colours, light,
    • is in process of going to sleep. Just as man's inner being is hidden
    • the outer world, so, when he goes to sleep, the nearest world to which
    • therefore, losing consciousness while passing into sleep
    • When a man with normal consciousness goes to sleep his whole being
    • through the instrument of the brain when we have wakened from sleep in
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • enters into the Macrocosm every night when he goes to sleep but
    • to sleep we should be confronted by this imperfect being and be
    • extinguished when we go to sleep. But if we acquire the maturity to
    • that falls over the soul on going to sleep, is lifted. The veil
    • to sleep in the ordinary way. He shows us what is lacking in us when
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, but we shall pay special attention now to what is working out
    • constitution. When man wakes from sleep his whole being passes out of
    • view of the fact that while he is asleep he is outside his physical
    • the hours of sleep the Ego must certainly not be sought within the
    • sleeping. During the day we have a number of experiences; during the
    • usually happen that he then falls asleep. Yet if any consciousness at
    • into or passing out of the World of Spirit when he goes to sleep or
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • strengthening forces of sleep.
    • sleep upon one who is undergoing this process of spiritual
    • sleep, he would require a very long time before being able to notice
    • sleeping, the forces of sleep come to his help while he is developing
    • anything by means of the lotus-flowers, nevertheless during sleep
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • man alternates between the states of waking and sleeping. This has
    • been a guiding motif through these lectures. In sleep, man is divided,
    • spiritual world, into the Macrocosm. Thus in the sleeping state there
    • vision is directed to the human being in the state of sleep.
    • something in any way analogous to what is left of man during sleep at
    • during sleep, is the etheric body, or life-body. But man possesses
    • sleep consists of physical body and etheric body. The plants too
    • Now let us think of a man passing over into the state of sleep. He can
    • and the Earth; he can sleep at an hour of the day or night
    • part is in evidence at night when man is asleep and the Sun has
    • perceive; even the sleeping man does not function like a plant, for
    • Man as a evolving being could not always be in a state of sleep, for
    • sleeping state he has no consciousness of the physical world and in
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • illustration. Imagine a person living in a semi-sleeping state
    • cannot control them with his will. If in his semi-sleeping
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • world of our unconscious sleep. When a person is deep in
    • unconscious sleep he is completely cut off from his
    • really in unconscious sleep there is nothing in the room,
    • sleep we are not able to do anything either. We can establish
    • which sleep has brought about, and what affects the senses is
    • dreamless sleep; the soul simply transforms the
    • dreamless sleep
    • investigation he discovers that in sleep the human being
    • unconscious from the moment of going to sleep to waking up. Now
    • when a human being has fallen asleep, his spirit-soul nature
    • nature experiences from the moment of going to sleep to waking.
    • to the body between going to sleep and waking, and what sort of
    • acquired from the moment of sleeping to awaking, are
    • moment of going to sleep, does not fit into the configuration
    • soul has experienced unconsciously during sleep.
    • through during sleep, in pictures borrowed from our memory,
    • in the soul during sleep can be the same with ten people, but
    • sphere clothes the events which happen between going to sleep
    • world as what always remains unconscious in sleep or at the
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • human being lives through from the time he goes to sleep until
    • other hand we do not live unconsciously as in sleep, but we
    • spiritual world. It is really as if we begin to go to sleep,
    • sleeping person would if he could —
    • what going to sleep, waking, and sleep itself are. We get to
    • soul beings we are when we sleep, we are able, through working
    • following: A person who is sleeping has a desire which is both
    • great going to sleep which the human being experiences when he
    • what happens in sleep when consciousness is not lost but merely
    • being is strongly attached to the body when he goes to sleep
    • consciousness in normal sleep in a subdued form, when he
    • world before us in which we are when we sleep and in which we
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • this reason sleep is necessary for us, in order that this process of
    • destruction may be made good; during sleep we restore what during the
    • thinking never causes sleepiness, however long it may be continued,
    • meditation they at once fall asleep. But that is because the
    • sleepy, and we shall then know that we are on the right path.
    • question: Why do we wake up every morning? During sleep our physical
    • force which, on waking from sleep, draws his soul back into his
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • our earthly condition of sleep, but it can wake out of this sleep.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • sleep they can also be outside the physical and etheric bodies. Just
    • moment of falling asleep to waking up, he knows that he is really
    • feeling for what the soul and spirit have experienced during sleep
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • (which leaves us in sleep) has become the subject of psychology. What
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that man is really asleep so far as his will is concerned. He is,
    • unconsciousness between falling asleep and waking up. But something
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena; we are asleep to them. And we are related to the will
    • we are to the world in general between going to sleep and waking up.
    • bodies in which all those things take place to which we are asleep, as
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • sleep; for in sleep the content of this ‘Ego’ is
    • has nothing to resist the extinction of sleep. However, knowledge of
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • sleep. In this condition the physical and etheric organisms require
    • that are a part of it; in the condition of sleep, the rhythm and the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • EXPERIENCES OF THE SOUL IN SLEEP
    • during sleep.
    • The sleep-experiences of the soul do not enter upon ordinary
    • organization; and during sleep the experience of the soul is outside
    • experiences which took place before sleep on the basis of the physical
    • organization. The experiences of sleep reveal themselves only to
    • At first, in falling asleep, a man finds himself in an inwardly vague,
    • experiences them as facts during sleep. Think, for instance, how in
    • Similarly, the soul goes through real experiences in sleep; and this
    • real form of sleep experiences is not made clearer through ordinary
    • from each other. During this period of sleep, the soul feels itself to
    • In the case of modern man there appears at this moment of sleep the
    • of sleep and was the medicine for this fear. For the man who lives
    • sleep. This fear prevents, as long as it is present, the inner vision
    • of that which should be experienced by the soul in sleep, as the body
    • rhythm of breathing and blood-circulation. During sleep the physical
    • its sleep-existence, the soul experiences its relation to all human
    • experiences. But in this condition of sleep the soul experiences also
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • reconstructions during sleep. Man's inner world becomes the external
    • During the state of sleep the physical and etheric organisms of man
    • these two organisms over into the sleeping state. As shown in the last
    • human organism as belonging to him, as he does in sleep. But he
    • his own power. The state of sleep is in a sense a reconstruction of
    • But in its course of sleep the physical organism exists as an
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • sharp distinction between sleeping and waking. Dreams now are the only
    • wakefulness and unconscious sleep, which was pictorial and remote from
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • IN the state of sleep, sense-experience ceases for the ordinary
    • Volition even during wakefulness contains a section which is asleep.
    • consciousness just as do the events of sleep. Man has always a part of
    • himself asleep even when he is awake.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
    • nature were also experienced during the state of sleep. But this
    • sleep intervenes. It replenishes the inner head-organization with
    • During sleep however it is differentiated internally into definite
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • by a rich account of the stages of sleep and the period between death and
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • human being in waking life and in sleep in order to learn how the bodies
    • when his consciousness sinks into sleep? His astral body and ego are
    • then outside his physical and etheric bodies. In the state of sleep
    • something striking happens to man. In sleep at night he has descended
    • man is a plant while he is asleep. No, but man and plant then consist
    • is in a doleful situation, for during sleep it is abandoned by its creator.
    • system, since the etheric body remains in the physical body during sleep.
    • beings sleep by day, whilst human beings sleep by night. In the evening
    • the physical and etheric bodies of the man asleep in bed and leave these
    • of them. Even in religions a feeling has remained that the gods sleep
    • the gods are then most deeply asleep.
    • sleep he may be without senses. There are blind people and also people
    • by sleep — twenty hours, fifty, sixty to eighty hours. The extreme
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Existence in Devachan is not a kind of dreaming or sleeping but in all
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. Now think of the plant, simply the physical plant without the
    • deeper state, namely, dreamless sleep. The plant is a being in a condition
    • of deep sleep. Now think of a state of sleep that is still deeper, still
    • in a state of consciousness deeper than that of ordinary sleep. In such
    • condition is called the “sleep of worlds.”
    • After this sleep of worlds,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • actually within them. While he is asleep today, man's physical and etheric
    • speaking, during sleep he is therefore in the physical world with only
    • the human being than is the case during sleep today. The head of the
    • of sleep nor of waking life. He did not perceive outer objects. His
    • sleep, a pralaya. This began at the time when the Moon returned again
    • the cosmic sleep.
    • cosmic sleep. This first configuration of the earth was, of course,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Why is man in sleep unaware
    • and etheric bodies of a man asleep remain in bed; his astral body and
    • sleep at night has no astral sense organs. Hence, it is impossible for
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • the withering and falling asleep of the forces of nature, and this
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • during the time between his falling asleep and waking.
    • sleep-condition of man, is caused by the fact that he leaves his
    • can establish a conscious condition of sleep. Thus when he has drawn
    • own astral body at night when he falls asleep. This astral body,
    • but as regards the normal consciousness our ego is still more asleep
    • plurality, if he is still asleep in his ego and awake in his astral
    • the man should not if possible allow his ego to sleep when his astral
    • one element which we must preserve, if our ego is not to sleep while
    • qualities, our ego will never be asleep when our astral body is awake.
    • our sleep, preserve our consciousness and carry it with us into the
    • night, so it no longer now disappears when we fall asleep. When we
    • sleep the sun remains connected with us; it does not cease to shine
    • asleep during the night, we can still follow the sun. Man is of such a
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • normal life when he is asleep. We also know that sleep is the result
    • consciousness arises for them — in a certain sense they sleep.
    • Only, their sleep is no unconscious sleep like that of man, it
    • when they cease to manifest. They do not sleep then as men sleep, but
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • This other condition of consciousness can be compared with the sleep
    • distinguish this condition from that of ordinary sleep, inasmuch as in
    • between waking and sleeping, so to him who has gone through occult
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness of man today is concerned, is still asleep within him.
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. Just as the consciousness then gradually dies down, so do
    • body has in falling asleep and waking. Only one must not compare these
    • the dying down of the plant-world in autumn with falling asleep; but
    • a sort of awakening in autumn, but a sort of falling asleep at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • meaning of the Egyptian temple sleep and how it affected the health of
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • meaning of the Egyptian temple sleep and how it affected the health of
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • condition between waking and sleeping, perceive a divine world. He saw
    • sleeps in the sentient soul, we cannot find in another man the ego
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • sleep ourselves into life, and that only after a certain point of time
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • the human functions of walking, talking, sleeping, and thinking,
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the human functions of walking, talking, sleeping, and thinking,
    • body; how the child sleeps, as it were, into the physical-earthly
    • ourselves: For the real nature of man, the state of sleep, out of
    • of sleep, these three capacities that have been acquired in the manner
    • asleep, the human being, in the same degree in which thought
    • sleeping state in a worthy manner into proximity with these three
    • worthy way during the state of sleep. Here is the point at which one
    • existence and retains something for the sleeping state. So much power
    • do we possess for approaching the Angels during sleep as there is
    • children upon sleeping move immediately as if on wings toward their
    • Angelic Being, how united they become during sleep with the Angelic
    • Beings. Thus we may say that we seek during sleep — but only
    • same significance for intercourse during sleep with the Archangels as
    • sleep, gives to language the melodious sound. This gives to astral
    • asleep, and has not used language in the right, idealistic manner,
    • upon this attitude that we gain for the sleeping state the power that
    • again in a threefold manner with his primordial form between sleeping
    • we during sleep in a threefold relation with the spiritual world: with
    • sleep he struggles upward to the three Hierarchies — you will
    • during the sleeping state he has been weaving his own being, and what
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the human functions of walking, talking, sleeping, and thinking,
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • asleep — you will not be surprised that I use this expression.
    • They fell asleep, just as a hand goes to sleep when it is cut off
    • of sleep. That is how the human being feels today — as if he
    • cannot completely emerge from the state of sleep.
    • awakening, for evolution has made human beings fall into a sleep that
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • wakes up in the morning until the time he goes to sleep at night. He
    • them from their experiences during sleep. In the waking Consciousness
    • sleep had not been unfruitful for their souls. Sleep still worked
    • sleep. it is of course true that the human being can work at
    • sleeping consciousness can he work upon himself. And in olden times
    • much more streamed over from sleeping consciousness into the waking
    • trickling of sleep consciousness into waking consciousness ceased.
    • my going to sleep and waking up. He felt the influx of
    • sleep there was in every human being an elemental mood of prayer,
    • full of Nature-forces. People entered sleep — or if they were
    • sleep: “I must take my fill of beer to prepare for sleep.”
    • into the spiritual world through sleep was a deliberate and conscious
    • prepared in a sacred way for the temple-sleep in which they were made
    • earlier kind of thinking could be carried over into sleep when the
    • He was a real entity during sleep because he had carried living
    • thinking with him into sleep. He brought it out of sleep when he woke
    • up and took it back with him when he fell asleep. Modern thinking is
    • bound to the brain but this cannot help us during sleep. Today,
    • waking to that of sleeping we can only achieve something between
    • waking and sleeping. Nothing can be achieved with the real being of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a great part of humanity has been asleep to this youth movement. When
    • extraordinarily sleepy attitude.
    • To pass our days in such a way that we go to sleep at night simply
    • and for this to lead in the normal way into sleep. So too, the
    • great extent a sleeping draught for the soul. People were actually
    • lulling themselves to sleep. They kept the spirit busy — but
    • spending a day that has not been tiring and the taking of a sleeping
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • active thinking has no room for sleepy nor for intellectual dreaming.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • already a teacher. Every human being is a teacher, but he is sleeping
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • say: During the summer the earth sleeps, gives herself up to the
    • Summer is the sleep of the earth. Winter is her waking. During the
    • in her sleeping and dreaming she has thought in relation with the
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • deep sleep, we would never be able to think clearly. Only through the
    • know, we do not sleep only from the moment of falling asleep to the
    • moment of waking up; with a part of our being we sleep the whole day
    • asleep in regard to our life of willing. For we know only of the
    • our sleep life from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • during the period between going to sleep and awaking, or through the
    • will which remains subconscious and is in the sleep state even during
    • consciousness were to remain awake also during the period of sleep.
    • falling asleep to awakening and also in that part of his nature which
    • sleeps during the day. In the time in which the Old Testament
    • were obliged to remain in the sleep state in order to perceive the
    • sleeping human being is not conscious of his connection with earthly
    • his sleep state only came into existence as an appendage to the human
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • in our thinking in the period between awaking and falling asleep of
    • will is asleep in us, even in our waking life; in regard to the will
    • we are asleep. Thus, also in waking life, we carry these three states
    • we sleep our willing. But if imaginative knowledge raises up what
    • Will: Sleeping: Wisdom
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • is still asleep today in his waking state. Man does not notice how
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • is not right to sleep in regard to it; on the contrary, we have to
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • superficially causes human beings to sleep away the important
    • impressions of the events taking place around them. To sleep through
    • death: the change between sleeping and waking. In a general sense, we
    • know the difference between sleeping and waking; in a more intimate
    • the human soul the true difference between sleeping and waking. In
    • ordinary life we believe that we sleep from falling asleep until
    • awakening, and that we are awake from awakening until falling asleep.
    • between sleeping and waking is incorrectly drawn. For the state of
    • which we pass as the sleep state extends into our day life; we are
    • falling asleep. We are by no means awake with our entire being between
    • awakening and falling asleep; we are awake only with a part of it and
    • another part continues to sleep even though we consider ourselves to
    • be awake. We are always, in a certain respect, sleeping human beings.
    • from sleep into ordinary waking consciousness, remembering them and
    • “dream away” our feeling, we “sleep away” the
    • perception and thinking, but asleep in regard to feeling and willing.
    • our feeling and willing, and we sleep away our perception, our
    • thinking, although sleep is a different state in the world in which we
    • that the so-called living sleep away feeling and willing which
    • You need only form the conception of a human being sleeping in a room:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • meetings, to draw attention to the necessity of not sleeping away the
    • spirit. For to sleep away events is a characteristic trait of our
    • time. People pass by the events as though asleep, and it can be said
    • the physical plane, the more human beings sleep through it.
    • with our feelings and sleep with our will impulses. This is a matter
    • asleep and simply allowing matters to run their course: in which case
    • You see, my dear friends, the sleeping away of events which I have
    • to close its eyes sleepily to them. What I have just stated may be
    • to pour clarity into human souls, to overcome sleepiness. This
    • sleepiness arises in other spheres also, but above all it is an
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • kinds, reduction of consciousness, a deep degree of sleepiness,
    • gone to sleep and became anaesthetized and paralyzed and, as
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • reduced by loss of sleep and anxiety. The slightest thing might
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • soul from awaking in the morning to falling asleep at night
    • physical body with what is outside it during sleep, and his
    • which he sees himself. When we sleep our state of consciousness
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • conditions between awaking in the morning and falling asleep at
    • waking and sleeping, within these two parallel lines (a–b).
    • activities. The times of gradual going to sleep and of similar
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • ego, and when you fall asleep at night you exhale them again;
    • day, each falling asleep and awakening, as one breath,
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • being, — is refuted every time one goes to sleep. Every
    • time a person to-day passes into the unconsciousness of sleep,
    • Every time you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • sleep, and a modern human being does not even know whether it
    • very fact of sleep contradicts it.
    • chiefly because it played into their life of sleep. So that we
    • their sleep transpired completely unconsciously. Those human
    • beings of the 4th Post-Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping
    • ideas, as feelings from waking to sleeping, still continued to
    • down, as it were, into a dim, but conscious life of sleep. In
    • those moments of sleeping life in which was revealed, not
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking, there arises
    • “Try to recognise through your sleep-life how the
    • is partially asleep). Try to recognise the MOON-life in your
    • sleep-life, for it plays into your sleep-life, as the Silvery
    • cannot get very far, because every sleep refutes the real
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the nature of man in the period between going to sleep and
    • waking up that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • diagrammatically, the sleeping condition is well-known to you.
    • into the nature of sleep, we must remember that it is just in
    • the sleeping condition that a man experiences the reality of
    • conscious in the sleeping condition, that is from going to
    • sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • — if man could thus become conscious through his sleeping
    • the sleep condition, he experiences in his Ego and Astral body
    • referred. But if he were really to wake up in his sleep, if I
    • sleeping until waking he is permeated by his Angel, that
    • Cognition is not present. From the moment of going to sleep
    • seen, when he is asleep, man is subject to the deception that
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • transition, of disappearance and of sleep might take place. Higher
    • from ancient Saturn after the planetary condition of sleep; they were
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • condition of sleep. We know that of the four principles of human
    • independence during sleep. During our waking life, from morning till
    • we fall asleep at night, they are closely connected with the other
    • asleep these four principles separate in such a way that the physical
    • cannot perceive the world in which he lives during sleep.
    • to sleep they are united with the physical body, and, all that time
    • asleep the astral body and ego withdraw from the physical and etheric
    • the outer senses and the intellect. He falls asleep at night, his
    • life in order that they may have after-effects in sleeping life and
    • the physical body in sleep it develops its spiritual eyes and ears
    • say, from the moment of falling asleep to that of waking, man lives
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep at night. The ego conception ceases entirely, of course,
    • during sleep.
    • remain present during sleep. From the absence of the ego conception
    • the permanence of the ego, as the latter is away during sleep. In
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • night, for when the ego is out in space during sleep, it naturally
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • body during sleep. For this reason, as far as the total organism is
    • sleep, except that imaginative consciousness takes the place of the
    • unconsciousness of sleep. What is otherwise wholly empty, what has
    • conceptions. So the only difference between a man in sleep and one in
    • imagination is that the parts that in sleep are outside the physical
    • body are devoid of all conceptions in ordinary sleep, whereas in
    • induced if a man in sleep were filled with imaginative conceptions
    • sleeping life, but our visualization is unable to characterize what
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • even when we fall asleep, and if we were able to keep on sleeping,
    • You need only study sleep consciousness in order to see
    • that the human being does not work together with his ego in sleep.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • to be an expression of the dying, or rather of the falling asleep of
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • And at my feet fresh breathest from thy sleeping.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • asleep on Christmas Eve, sleeps through the Thirteen Days and Nights
    •         Who lay so long a-sleeping.
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • the moment of waking until that of falling asleep the human being has
    • live within the play of these forces above all during sleep, when the
    • These forces from the world of sleep and dream which in certain
    • sleeping and waking. Then too we are within the outer universe, but
    • You will say: this contradicts the statement that during sleep we are
    • The truth is that between sleeping and waking we look back, feel back,
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • fall into such a sleeping consciousness because then he would not
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • necessary spiritual sleep-like condition following the consciousness
    • that prevailed until then. This spiritual sleep is connected with
    • during cosmic existence in a condition of universal sleep and before
    • place during the period of cosmic, universal sleep. In the diagram
    • karma. We forget all too easily after the cosmic sleep described,
    • strengthened through sleep in earthly life and endowed with new
    • forces, so as a result of the described cosmic sleep are we equipped
    • another, or the condition of sleep might set in more quickly, as you
    • operates so that the cosmic sleep shortens the period that we spend in
    • condition of unconsciousness, of sleep. Hence he will travel quickly
    • about a more rapid condition of sleep between death and rebirth. It
    • cosmic sleep. Yet this objection is not valid. It is not so because
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • the sleeping state — from the time of going to sleep in the
    • exists when he goes to sleep, and loses consciousness. If he had any
    • sleep everything he experiences perishes and must come into being
    • is convinced that his existence continues during sleep. All the same,
    • During sleep we have no mental pictures, ideas, desires, impulses,
    • that sleep is prevented, it stands to reason that consciousness is
    • present. Anyone who can distinguish between sleeping and waking can
    • man's soul again every morning when he wakes from sleep. Ideas,
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • might characterize it thus. Beyond Saturn a spiritual sleep beings,
    • experiences. Just as in sleep we do away with tiredness and gather
    • it as the Word. Then we fall asleep and it penetrates us. During this
    • during the period of cosmic sleep.
    • condition of sleep the Mercury sphere was able to bestow much upon
    • condition of sleep and then change can occur. The forces now enter
    • human being at rest. When man sleeps, the etheric body is most
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • into a kind of cosmic twilight. We cannot call it cosmic sleep, but a
    • sleeping person cannot possibly adopt.) If, having studied every
    • greatest possible activity of the etheric body in sleep, then he
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • but soon after death, following a brief embryonic period of sleep, he
    • pass the more quickly through the spiritual world the more asleep we
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Man is mostly enveloped in a kind of dreaming-sleeping condition.
    • events they experience are in fact asleep to life, and those who
    • humanity will experience an awakening from a sleep of life. Many
    • go to sleep, for in sleep we enter unconsciously the same realm we
    • these things? A sleeping man, of course, does live. He is somewhat
    • Yet plants do not have a soul element. The sleeping human organism is
    • When man sleeps, where is his sun? What lies in the bed we also
    • ego. There the ego has to work on the sleeping organism as the sun
    • to alternate between sleeping and waking like the plants. If there
    • were only the solar influence we would never be able to sleep during
    • the day. We would sleep only at night. But our whole cultural life
    • sleep we are not dependent in the spiritual world on the cosmic solar
    • Spiritual science gives us the following picture of the sleeping man.
    • plant during sleep. Above him shines the moon, his own astral body.
    • sleep is much less active during waking life. The vegetative
    • Many attempts are being made to explain the nature of sleep. Sleep is
    • dispel tiredness. But sleep is not really a condition of exhaustion.
    • The small child, for instance, sleeps more than anyone. Sleep is a
    • asleep and waking up. Similarly, as we see nature wither in winter,
    • inasmuch as he sleeps, is on the decline. The bodily nature has been
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • later. If one beholds the life of sleep with super-sensible cognition,
    • during sleep has a blooming, flourishing appearance. A slow withering
    • is but the final occurrence in this dying process. Sleep is there in
    • impression from what the seer beholds when he observes the sleeping
    • physical and etheric bodies. The physical and etheric bodies in sleep
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • them into sleep. The more thoughts about the spiritual world we carry
    • with us into sleep, the greater the service we perform for those we
    • thoughts in sleep is the substance by means of which, in a certain
    • carries spiritual thoughts with him in sleep is famished and may be
    • going to sleep and its after-effects accompanied one. Today it is
    • more likely than not that a person falls asleep after a meal or some
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • As here we live rhythmically between waking and sleeping, so in the
  • Title: Life Between ... Other Books by the Same Author
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep and awaking and the path pursued by man between death
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • so far as to have sleep-consciousness, monads that are almost
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • waking up and going to sleep. The thinking activity is always working
    • the evening fall asleep again, then the psychic-spiritual activity
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • so far as to have sleep-consciousness, monads that are almost
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • waking up and going to sleep. The thinking activity is always working
    • the evening fall asleep again, then the psychic-spiritual activity
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • normal life, namely, sleeping and waking, and we shall then find
    • human being when the daily states of sleeping and waking succeed one
    • another? We know that when we sleep, the physical and the etheric body
    • which a human being has when going to sleep and when awakening?
    • If we consider the moment of going to sleep, we see that all
    • subconscious. In normal life, when asleep, we ourselves are
    • unconscious. Why do we lose consciousness when we fall asleep? We know
    • that during the state of sleep we are surrounded by a spiritual world,
    • development between going to sleep and awakening, would prove
    • consciously into the world which surrounds us between going to sleep
    • able to unfold the whole of its activity between falling asleep and
    • awakening. If we were to fall asleep consciously, the condition of our
    • this nature happens when man in falling asleep leaves his physical and
    • when we fall asleep, for if it were otherwise, we should not be able
    • situation that would occur if we fell asleep and entered the spiritual
    • We can describe the processes of awakening and falling asleep as inner
    • compressed Ego into the corporeality of man, and falling asleep as a
    • that world into which we penetrate on falling asleep. Through this we
    • understand waking and sleeping in the same sense in which we
    • asleep or not depends upon the proper separation of our four members.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • the etheric and physical bodies. Even in dreamless sleep we have a
    • Plants live continually in the consciousness of dreamless sleep. The
    • our sleep somnambulistic actions of which we later know nothing. It is
    • this dreamless sleep consciousness that is active. The ordinary
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Most souls sleep through the Cosmic Midnight or Saturn
    • elemental world; sleeping and waking, sympathy and antipathy. Ahriman
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that are not prepared for it will sleep through that part of the time
    • so on). Many souls sleep through the whole Cosmic Midnight. Souls
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world; asleep, we do not perceive it. Nevertheless we have to allow
    • the waking condition to alternate with the sleeping one. Something
    • for life here must swing like a pendulum between waking and sleeping,
    • opposite condition, comparable to sleep in the sense world, it is the
    • this self-willing is necessary; like the alternation of sleeping and
    • physical world and close our eyes, overcome by sleep, the moment
    • else, corresponds to sleep in the physical world.
    • elemental world just as naturally as waking and sleeping are in the
    • passing so easily as waking here passes into sleep. After one has
    • sleeping, the element of transforming oneself alternates with living
    • elemental world we can wake and sleep at the same time, something we
    • for sleep arises, so in the elemental world there arises in turn the
    • While we rest in physical sleep, other forces take care that we wake
    • when we are in the sleeping condition of only willing ourselves, it
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • atoms, he really was practically asleep. Now, however, with his soul
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the physical plane is a kind of sleep when compared to what we feel
    • That human beings living in the physical world are asleep in relation
    • because they are always asleep that they are not aware of sleeping.
    • spiritual soul-sleep. Those who are ready for it, however, experience
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Further Reading
    Matching lines:
    • follows, along with a discussion of dreams, sleep, death, life
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep at night. But such a comparison is quite superficial.
    • What happens when we fall asleep at night? We have learned that we
    • During the night, from the moment of our falling asleep to the moment
    • bodies go through a kind of restorative process during our sleep at
    • night advances and the longer sleep lasts, the more do the forces in
    • moment of falling asleep, the same phenomenon which we see in the
    • asleep and the earlier part of the sleep condition at night with
    • to our falling asleep and Autumn to our awakening.
    • asleep. In the Autumn the earth-spirits approach and re-unite
    • asleep, everything begins to sprout and bud in his physical and
    • life-activities. Let us now observe, when he falls asleep, what kind
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of man to sleep in a dim and dreamy experience of imaginations instead
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • for sleep overtakes a man. It was, however, a force that entered the
    • Just think how, the moment we fall asleep and our ego and astral body
    • moment that follows falling asleep we are united with those whom we
    • against this man or that, but as soon as we fall asleep and enter the
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • connections passed into a state of sleep. Thus a sleep regarding the
    • sleeping culture but now the time has come for an awakening.
    • has he let me sleep?” This means putting oneself with one's
    • human evolution must go through its sleep periods just as much as the
    • individual man must sleep in the course of twenty-four hours.
    • the same with our sleep. In the evening we are tired and we go to
    • sleep. Then we wake up refreshed with an inner feeling of reality. If
    • at any rate, most of us — have become as much asleep and dreaming
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • time, and may not go on sleeping in the easy comfort-loving, lazy way.
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Terrible as is the state of sleep of people at the present day —
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • but he is sleeping, even when he is awake, partially, with reference
    • awake in our life of feeling, and completely asleep in our Will. Let
    • all-important thing is that man shall not through sleeping miss the
    • circumstances like any other, and they will sleep through what has in
    • trouble whether man sleeps through it or not. For them what has taken
    • and that they must not deceive themselves through sleepy illusion
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • simply to look around and then go to sleep peacefully, in the presence
    • that prevent us from passing by sleepily and heedlessly, what is
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • life, which ceases between going to sleep at night and regaining
    • moment they cease to be there we tend to drop into sleep. Therefore it
    • conception to action is entirely hidden from us. We are asleep, so to
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • one: the condition of dream-pervaded sleep. In order to obtain points
    • still fully convinced that in sleep a man dwells in this peculiar
    • in which during sleep we penetrate into the spiritual world, greater
    • between the awakening life in nature during spring and its sleeping
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the dark of winter, with a sort of earth sleep, while on the other
    • of our soul: In order not to sleep in a half-dead state that will dim
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • stand further away. Man is further away from himself when he sleeps
    • to the astral body which is outside the physical body in sleep. You
    • your astral body of sleep.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • out by our astral body when we pass over into the condition of sleep.
    • If now with Imaginative vision we can behold man in sleep as a
    • way. Picture to yourselves during sleep the etheric and physical
    • memory-life is transformed during sleep. If man dreams it is just
    • falling asleep until waking up figures in this way as memories, that
    • during sleep with the forces which lie behind the phenomena of
    • memories unite during sleep, but with that which really lies behind
    • with these that our memories unite during sleep. Our memories rest in
    • them during sleep.
    • Thus we can really say: During sleep our soul with its
    • “When I fall asleep I consign my memories to the powers which
    • from outside, but when I sleep I sink my memories into your spiritual
    • go to sleep.” It is perhaps the most beautiful of all feeling
    • may be removed from us in space we find our way to it in sleep) —
    • asleep at night the memories which we have ourselves forgotten. Man
    • with reference to human sleep, because in reality, during those years
    • alone is taken up during sleep. As regards human beings it is the
    • which he carries in sleep into the inner being of nature. If one then
    • outside him as it is during sleep one sees that it really consists in
    • during our sleep into its own being. Nature takes up our memories
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • referring to the rhythms of day and night, of sleeping and
    • continue to beat during sleep throughout the whole of earthly
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the kidney activity is asleep, is suppressed. In the human
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • sleep each time a person falls asleep but rather continue to course
    • through the organism between falling asleep and awakening.
    • half-asleep in childhood; our consciousness is not fully awake. Our
    • sleeping, as it were, dreaming; based in this permeation with will
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • our will impulses, which otherwise would unfold in a dull sleep-life
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • the conscious life of the human being from waking to falling asleep.
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • mean the rhythm of day and night, of sleeping and waking. Then there
    • tire, the heart, for instance, could not continue to act during sleep
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • asleep and suppressed. In the human organism we have actually the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • to see the number of people who are still asleep as regards these
  • Title: Man's Life on Earth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • MAN'S LIFE IN SLEEP AND AFTER DEATH London, 30th August, 1922
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • very likely have to sleep on it — sleep on it, may be, several
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Life During Sleep and Life between Death and New Birth, -or-
    • condition of sleep.
    • the time of falling asleep and the time of awaking a very great deal
    • sleep. As long as we are awake, what happens on Earth through us is
    • that are around us. When we go to sleep, however, another activity
    • begins. Whilst we are asleep, lofty Spiritual Beings work upon the
    • place during sleep. We must not of course make the mistake of
    • the moment of falling asleep and the moment of awaking. The
    • Earth should be alive to the significance of what happens in sleep.
    • the sleep of man. Suppose someone goes to sleep. As you know, we
    • takes place with man during the condition of sleep, we find that it
    • what concerns us today is the influences that work upon man in sleep.
    • sleep, he comes into a certain connection with the whole Cosmos. I do
    • stars. From the moment we fall asleep, the starry heavens become
    • falling asleep, we find we can distinguish different spheres through
    • — that is to say, the soul of man as it finds itself in sleep
    • first sphere with which we come in contact after falling asleep
    • experience every one of us encounters after falling asleep. We
    • But no sooner have you passed over into the condition of sleep than
    • heart-eye perceives the experiences of this first sphere of sleep.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. Today I would like to carry the subject a little
    • importance take place during sleep. There is no need for me here to
    • man passes from day-consciousness into sleep-consciousness —
    • is not in his physical body, nor in his etheric body. During sleep he
    • and spirit between the times of falling asleep and awaking. Today I
    • will remember how in sleep man goes out into the cosmic ether, and
    • sleep man experiences a reflection of the movements of the planets,
    • asleep and awaking, man actually covers the whole cosmic
    • sunlight has killed out the moral element. And when we fall asleep
    • an a-moral being during the time of sleep.
    • find ourselves as soon as we fall asleep. And this Ahrimanic Being
    • speaks to man while he is asleep. And what he says is most
    • makes good appear bad to the sleeping human being and bad good.
    • investigated by scientists, as to why criminals sleep well, while
    • moral people with a good conscience often sleep badly. The matter is
    • takes it with him into sleep; with the result that he sleeps badly,
    • developed, will carry with him into sleep no such pangs of
    • and contented sleep of the criminal! People say, it is not fair
    • that criminals should sleep well, while good people often have poor
    • enticement to evil to which man is exposed during sleep is, in truth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • will remember I told you how they approach man in his sleep and say
    • this all too easily when he is asleep, and then he brings it back
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • physical. Even in sleep it is only with the I and astral body that
    • bear it in us. We leave it every night when we are sleeping, for in
    • it in sleep. I told you, did I not, that our moral and religious
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • MAN'S LIFE IN SLEEP AND AFTER DEATH London, 30th August, 1922
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • very likely have to sleep on it — sleep on it, may be, several
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Life During Sleep and Life between Death and New Birth, -or-
    • condition of sleep.
    • the time of falling asleep and the time of awaking a very great deal
    • sleep. As long as we are awake, what happens on Earth through us is
    • that are around us. When we go to sleep, however, another activity
    • begins. Whilst we are asleep, lofty Spiritual Beings work upon the
    • place during sleep. We must not of course make the mistake of
    • the moment of falling asleep and the moment of awaking. The
    • Earth should be alive to the significance of what happens in sleep.
    • the sleep of man. Suppose someone goes to sleep. As you know, we
    • takes place with man during the condition of sleep, we find that it
    • what concerns us today is the influences that work upon man in sleep.
    • sleep, he comes into a certain connection with the whole Cosmos. I do
    • stars. From the moment we fall asleep, the starry heavens become
    • falling asleep, we find we can distinguish different spheres through
    • — that is to say, the soul of man as it finds itself in sleep
    • first sphere with which we come in contact after falling asleep
    • experience every one of us encounters after falling asleep. We
    • But no sooner have you passed over into the condition of sleep than
    • heart-eye perceives the experiences of this first sphere of sleep.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. Today I would like to carry the subject a little
    • importance take place during sleep. There is no need for me here to
    • man passes from day-consciousness into sleep-consciousness —
    • is not in his physical body, nor in his etheric body. During sleep he
    • and spirit between the times of falling asleep and awaking. Today I
    • will remember how in sleep man goes out into the cosmic ether, and
    • sleep man experiences a reflection of the movements of the planets,
    • asleep and awaking, man actually covers the whole cosmic
    • sunlight has killed out the moral element. And when we fall asleep
    • an a-moral being during the time of sleep.
    • find ourselves as soon as we fall asleep. And this Ahrimanic Being
    • speaks to man while he is asleep. And what he says is most
    • makes good appear bad to the sleeping human being and bad good.
    • investigated by scientists, as to why criminals sleep well, while
    • moral people with a good conscience often sleep badly. The matter is
    • takes it with him into sleep; with the result that he sleeps badly,
    • developed, will carry with him into sleep no such pangs of
    • and contented sleep of the criminal! People say, it is not fair
    • that criminals should sleep well, while good people often have poor
    • enticement to evil to which man is exposed during sleep is, in truth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • will remember I told you how they approach man in his sleep and say
    • this all too easily when he is asleep, and then he brings it back
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • physical. Even in sleep it is only with the I and astral body that
    • bear it in us. We leave it every night when we are sleeping, for in
    • it in sleep. I told you, did I not, that our moral and religious
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Cover Text
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Publisher Note
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • sleep, consciousness did not become totally darkened as it does
    • today, but instead the soul during sleep was able to perceive
    • conditions of sleeping and waking, there were also in between states
    • during which the human being was neither wholly asleep nor wholly
    • them, both during the sleeping consciousness of the night and in that
    • sleep and during the intermediate state we have already mentioned.
    • sleep through the greatest event of the near future, gradually enters
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • it was only during certain intermediary states, between sleeping and
    • states between sleeping and waking, they were witnesses of a
    • sleeping and waking, they were surrounded by a world that they had to
    • human beings living in our age, may sleep through this. We shall
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • condition between waking and sleeping, see a divine world. He saw
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • polarity confronts us — that of sleeping and waking. We know
    • the esoteric significance of the relationship between sleeping and
    • interwoven but that in sleep the physical and etheric bodies remain
    • during waking life on the one hand and during sleep on the other.
    • man is, in a certain sense, essentially always asleep. He sleeps
    • differently during the night, however, from the way he sleeps during
    • world. The ordinary physical body is asleep to this observation, and
    • his spiritual senses. In the night, of course, we are asleep in the
    • normal way. One can therefore say that ordinary sleep is sleep in
    • present time is sleep in relation to the spiritual world.
    • man actually sleeps by day; that is, he does not really live within
    • way, namely, through sleep. When you are asleep you do not think; you
    • that all conceptual activity sleeps when we sleep. To begin with,
    • the words that man sleeps in his will when he is awake and sleeps in
    • his conceptual life when he is asleep. The life of will sleeps by
    • day; the life of thought sleeps by night.
    • If man is unaware that the will does not sleep during
    • life of thought. The will does not sleep during the night, but it
    • (Sleeping)
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • waking and sleeping. Just as man cannot rise above sleep, so, in
    • regard to spiritual evolution, he cannot disregard the sleeping of
    • century. It was necessary for humanity to sleep through the spiritual
    • had to recede, fall into a sleep, so that man would no longer have
    • themselves to be lulled to sleep again and again in this realm by
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
    • somewhat lamed; it sleeps. His will fluctuates between becoming
    • In all that plays into waking life as dream or sleep,
    • here on earth the so-called living are dreaming and sleeping through
    • till morning, during our sleep, the impulses of the dead are
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Notes
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Notes on the Texts
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity is challenged not to sleep through this event. Other related
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • dim, subconscious and sleep-like — were called into play;
    • pass over into sleep in highest purity and after intimate
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • dim, subconscious and sleep-like — were called into play;
    • souls, they tried to pass over into sleep in highest purity and after
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • can grasp, in the coming period the man who is not going to sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, but there is no death in the higher worlds. Death is impossible
    • asleep; we must feel and know how there lives in this spiritual world
    • soul goes every night when we fall asleep and whence we come every
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • every day, when the soul leaves the world it has been in during sleep
    • asleep. The human soul withdraws from the sense world and from the
    • represses its morality. In falling asleep and during sleep, the soul
    • spiritual existence between falling asleep and waking up.
    • between waking and sleeping quite normally to experience something of
    • sleep and in waking life, even though she is harbored in our body.
    • hand; we enter it unconsciously as soon as we fall asleep in a normal
    • only its sleep experiences but also all those experiences related to
    • the life of the soul when it leaves the body in sleep as completely
    • at the human body during sleep, we see to some degree its equivalence
    • to a plant. Our sleeping body is like a plant, in that it has the
    • that the human ego, which in sleep is outside the plant-like body,
    • spiritually over the sleeping body. And the human ego is related to
    • human body, engendering its growth during sleep, repairing its
    • came into the alternation of sleeping and waking. Sunrise and
    • itself the deep-seated soul experience on awakening from sleep, of
    • that they had to lie down to sleep off their greed. And now as they
    • lay down together to sleep and in the dark the man put over his head
    • we'll have to wait until he sleeps.” As soon as he was asleep,
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • People who had preserved this lived in a condition between sleeping
    • between waking and sleeping? When people are in their physical
    • and fell asleep. The eldest was to keep watch. While he walked
    • had to keep watch. Almost as soon as the others were asleep, while he
    • woman made him a soup that sent people to sleep, a dream-soup, and
    • soon fell asleep, and when he awoke the three horses were gone. He
    • with the horses. The soup sent him to sleep, and when he awoke the
    • him to sleep, she changed the horses into three golden eggs, which
    • sleep while I go to a spring and drink.” Next morning it
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • — the coming forth again of what was asleep in Nature throughout
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • who want to lull themselves to sleep by inducing a kind of mental
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • remain asleep any longer, more particularly in the domain of
    • because his consciousness is not yet awake. It is still asleep,
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • painted cheeks, and even eyes with which they can go to sleep when
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • tired (violets are tired when they sleep, they are not tired when
    • they don't sleep!) and the first thing that the little violet saw was
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Earth-Waking and sleeping — Typhus — Catarrh — Abdominal
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • organic activity taking place during sleep, which should really take
    • But it does not do so, and is obliged to find expression during sleep.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of view of spiritual science, a man asleep.
    • and disturbed sleep, even in very different cases of disease, one can
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • occasion to stress in Anthroposophy — that in sleep the ego and the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • disturbances in the process of human sleep. That leads us to inquire
    • the facts themselves, further, to maintain that when sleep begins ego
    • sleep there is a bond between the astral body and the ego, and another
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • night during sleep, the human organism seeks to tear down this
    • asleep, are not able to take with them the whole of what shimmers and
    • develop especially during sleep, is one that inclines to tumorous
    • tumorous tendencies are those who do not sleep properly, for the
    • reason that remnants of the ego remain after they fall asleep. These
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • individual has fallen asleep the spleen comes to comparative repose —
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping it off.” For all other “remedies,” which are applied and
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • sleep? Just as when man falls asleep, movements are carried out in his
    • imagination which are not followed by the will, just as the sleeper
    • of Eurhythmy. In Eurhythmy the reverse of the sleep condition is
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • alternation between waking and sleeping. Every time we wake, there is
    • in a certain way the one beat of this rhythm, and every time we sleep,
    • there is the other beat. And this rhythm of waking-sleeping
    • waking-sleeping, is intersected with other minor rhythmic oscillations
    • upper sphere but sleep in our lower. There is a continuous rhythmic
    • waking and sleeping.
    • wider rhythm determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a
    • determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a separate
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • striking resemblance to the process of awakening from sleep which is
    • be said that the awakening from sleep in man has something of the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • organic sphere of mankind into the upper, are enhanced during sleep.
    • It is necessary to take great care in describing sleep. Sleep is
    • particular human individuality. Too much more sleep than the
    • During a too long spell of sleep, the internal barrier to which
    • sleep, so that man is always in danger of harmful effects on the blood
    • tends to auto-intoxication through sleep; but this tendency is
    • should inquire whether they sleep well and are ready for work. That is
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Synopses/Contents
    Matching lines:
    • dreams on falling asleep, not on waking. Treatment of these three
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • mirror. It is all obliterated when we fall asleep. The really
    • we fall asleep; it subsides as soon as we stop thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the periods of sleep. On the other hand, the connection of these two
    • asleep. Now it is essential for us to have a correct picture of how
    • awake from sleep. Similarly, we become part and member of the
    • make contact with the external world. Imagine he is asleep. While he
    • is asleep something happens in his lung which has the effect that if
    • he remains in the organ; and sleep which is healthy unconsciousness,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • movements. He sleeps little, and does not fall asleep at all easily.
    • In the evening he is very excited and tired, and cannot go to sleep.
    • falling asleep. Suddenly the child will cry out, wake up, and stand
    • child is late in going to sleep and often talks in his sleep,
    • about nine hours after the boy has fallen asleep. He suddenly starts
    • do the fits occur nine hours after falling asleep? Because that is
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • dreams on falling asleep, not on waking. Treatment of these three
    • falling asleep or before waking up. Up to now, according to this
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the head was found to have increased in size. The child was sleeping
    • juice, after which the child fell asleep, and his condition on the
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • is forgotten between the times of falling asleep and awakening. The
    • fidgety. A sleepy, backward little boy, who has not learned to speak
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • sight or hearing are shut off, we fall asleep. But if we have
    • developed intensified thinking, we do not fall asleep even when
    • “awake;” he does not fall asleep; but he has
    • the usual way, if our consciousness is empty we are asleep. For
    • from falling asleep to waking up we do have an empty
    • consciousness — only — we are asleep in it. To have
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of the circulation, the rhythm manifested in sleeping and
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping — and we shall at once understand the
    • where he lies motionless in sleep and his consciousness
    • sleep and simply appear again when he wakes, we must ask
    • sleeping man ?
    • During sleep, the astral body and Ego-organisation have
    • physical organisation during sleep, we come to something else,
    • namely, that this radical extraction during sleep can also
    • to sleep but do not bring about total sleep — I mean
    • are conditions in which the human being commences to sleep but
    • sleeping and waking.
    • complicated. It cannot be said that in sleep the astral body
    • something which gives an inclination towards sleep. Yet the man
    • is not really asleep, for his metabolic-limb system and his
    • in sleep. If, however, the astral body and the Ego are too
    • asleep, our astral body and Ego have separated from this
    • Ego-organisation separate from the other two members in sleep,
    • is rhythm; while he is asleep, it is wholly Spring for him
    • and ' Summer ' and in speaking of sleep as analogous to Winter.
    • But in reality this is not correct. When we fall asleep, the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • are shut off, we fall asleep. But if we have developed
    • intensified thinking, we do not fall asleep even when we have
    • does not fall asleep; but he has nevertheless at first nothing
    • way, if our consciousness is empty we are asleep. For from
    • falling asleep to waking up we do have an empty consciousness
    • — only — we are asleep in it. To have an empty
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of the circulation, the rhythm manifested in sleeping and
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • life — the interchange of waking and sleeping — and
    • motionless in sleep and his consciousness (if it does not rise
    • feeling and thinking are annihilated in sleep and simply appear
    • relation of waking man to sleeping man?
    • During sleep,
    • organisation during sleep, we come to something else, namely,
    • that this radical extraction during sleep can also occur in a
    • sleep but do not bring about total sleep — I mean
    • are conditions in which the human being commences to sleep but
    • sleeping and waking.
    • in sleep the astral body and Ego-organisation pass entirely out
    • towards sleep. Yet the man is not really asleep, for his
    • in sleep. If, however, the astral body and the Ego are too
    • to the metabolic-limb system. When we are sound asleep, our
    • Ego-organisation separate from the other two members in sleep,
    • is rhythm; while he is asleep, it is wholly Spring for him
    • ‘Summer’ and in speaking of sleep as analogous to
    • asleep, the astral body and the Ego pass out and the
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, of sensation, and of thinking — we fall asleep. That is
    • arrives at a condition where, above all things, one is not asleep but
    • against losing the power to sleep, while one is striving to reach this
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, of sensation, and of thinking — we fall asleep. That is
    • arrives at a condition where, above all things, one is not asleep but
    • against losing the power to sleep, while one is striving to reach this
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, of sensation, and of thinking — we fall asleep. That is
    • arrives at a condition where, above all things, one is not asleep but
    • against losing the power to sleep, while one is striving to reach this
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • one was not going through life asleep; and if one was not a
    • asleep through all that has happened, one finds so much in
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • forces of sleep. Supposing that the outer limit for a
    • clairvoyant. When they fell asleep at night, they did not
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • sleep these human beings were able to perceive the soul-
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • view as sleep. When human beings fall asleep at night and
    • sleep themselves into a spiritual world, then they have
    • sleep saw itself surrounded by divine-spiritual beings, but
    • gaze into the world that it inhabits during sleep. The idea
    • qualities in common with sleep. The cares and worries that
    • sleep. If human beings are able to sleep and their thinking
    • beneficent effect of sleep, an effect resulting from the fact
    • into it during sleep. These spiritual streams contain
    • forget our worries and cares during sleep and also to repair
    • regeneration that every healthy sleep bestows upon us. In a
    • scientific thinking has in common with sleep.
  • Title: Contents: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • his own being in waking, dreaming and sleeping. In modern thinking he
    • men woke they felt that something was still remaining over from sleep,
    • Sleep was a draught of Nature, its aftermath being experienced as a
    • kind of sweetness. In dreamless sleep man felt as though he was
    • persisted. They manifest in sleep-walking, in men who are by nature
    • and purpose of the three days' sleep in the ancient form of
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • his own being in waking, dreaming and sleeping. In modern thinking he
    • men woke they felt that something was still remaining over from sleep,
    • waking in the morning to the time of falling asleep, we develop a more
    • is strictly speaking, asleep, even during his waking state. We never
    • clearer idea than it has of dreamless sleep. It then emerges as the
    • of the events in dreamless sleep.
    • our feelings and sleep in our willing. Our knowledge of this willing
    • the effects of sleep when we wake. Similarly, we have the intention to
    • organism where, as though in sleep, it passes over into activity and
    • dreaming and sleeping. After all, the dreams we have when we are
    • sleeping have very little relation to our ideas. They obey quite other
    • same way include our willing and actual dreamless sleep as part of the
    • sleeping state.
    • he sleeps through this reality, and it is only in his ideas and
    • think in sleep, but does it follow then that we are not?
    • exist between falling asleep and waking? The simplest truths are in
    • sleep and the abstract ideas of our waking life, so they alternated
    • between this dreamlike everyday life and a dreamless sleep which was
    • something remaining over from sleep — something which afforded a
    • sort of nourishment for the soul, which they had absorbed during sleep
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Sleep was a draught of Nature, its aftermath being experienced as a
    • kind of sweetness. In dreamless sleep man felt as though he was
    • persisted. They manifest in sleep-walking, in men who are by nature
    • familiar — waking, dreaming and sleeping — are valid only
    • really belong. It was of course possible to reject or to sleep through
    • consciousness. Nowadays we have sleeping, dreaming and waking. In
    • yesterday, was the normal form of waking consciousness, sleep was not
    • Although with these men, too, consciousness was dimmed during sleep,
    • by saying that when men woke after sleep, there remained something of
    • after sleep they had a sort of after-taste. Most people felt, not
    • sweetness of experience which was the after-taste of their sleep. This
    • sweetness they experienced in sleep spread over from their life of
    • sleep into that of waking. This sweetness was to them a test of the
    • after-effects of sleep in their limbs, the arms, right down into the
    • sleeping-draught was once something spiritual; that is, sleep itself,
    • material form. Sleep was then itself a draught of Nature, which
    • experienced in sleep. In modern Initiation we ascend from our ordinary
    • from their dream-waking life into sleep, for which they cultivated a
    • had means to feel their way consciously into sleep and so got to know
    • sleep each night — the waters of the weaving astrality of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • and purpose of the three days' sleep in the ancient form of
    • of sleep which, though it was dreamless, left an after-effect of the
    • two to four days, so that we have to sleep two or three times on
    • consciousness which is now lost and which has deeper than sleep, men
    • Nature. From the time you go to sleep until the time you wake, you
    • real sleep are in their make-up a protest against the laws of Nature,
    • that “lower sleep,” if I may call it so, that Earth-embraced
    • as regards the direction of his inner life; in that lower sleep he is
    • set within the moral order of the Cosmos. Since this deep sleep has
    • be discovered in the sleep of deep consciousness, taking place in man
    • course between waking, sleeping and dreaming, has not yet attained
    • from our present-day experience of sleeping, waking and dreaming, if
    • the real knowledge of that deep sleep which was so significant for
    • modern times our ordinary sleep tends to crumble to pieces. I do not
    • that duller kind of sleep will become normal. Dreams will no longer
    • in the times when men were dependent on that deep sleep I have
    • in the future: namely, a damped-down dream-sleep, ordinary waking, and
    • dreaming, sleeping and waking man, out of the former threefold man who
    • of his sleep, and also slept deeply. In this present age of freedom,
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • vision follows the dead, it can see that the sleeping human souls are
    • to the sleeping souls, seeking for the thoughts and ideas to be found
    • When we go to sleep at night the thoughts and ideas which have passed
    • our clairvoyant vision to the dead who nightly visit their sleeping
    • that the living took with them into their sleep, but fail to find
    • idea and another as regards our sleeping state. If we are busy all day
    • sleep — indeed, in some respects just the opposite — we can
    • the young people are so educated that they go to sleep after having
    • afterwards draw nourishment from them when they are asleep.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • certain degree and enter into a sort of sleeping condition. Certain
    • animals sleep in the winter; these elemental beings sleep in summer.
    • This sleep is deepest during St. John's time, when they are completely
    • asleep. Then they begin once more to individualize, and when the Earth
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • winter sleep. Everything becomes paralyzed. Nature, which through her
  • Title: The Cycle of the Year: For Further Reading
    Matching lines:
    • follows, along with a discussion of dreams, sleep, death, life between
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • similar in some respects to that of sleep. As beings of
    • sleep, but our consciousness is dimmed during the experience, and we
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • way back to it. If one is asleep in the ordinary way, one finds the
    • state of sleep. But, strange to say, neither of these two states is
    • through the fact that something is continually sleeping in us, even in
    • the daytime. I am not alluding to the habit of dropping off to sleep
    • remains fast asleep in him, and this it is which brings it about that
    • is quite different in the case of the sleep consciousness. In sleep
    • that all consciousness is obliterated. In sleep consciousness, Lucifer
    • awake, Ahriman has the upper hand over Lucifer, and when we are asleep
    • side sinks down, in sleep consciousness Lucifer's. Only in the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • And there she lulled me asleep
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • Through the dim door of sleep that seem to press,
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • in sleep old palaces and towers
    • He closed his eyes in the languor of sleep. His
    • slowly and, recalling the rapture of his sleep, sighed at its
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • faith in sleep-walled night and there are found
    • tranquillity – a tranquillity preceding that of sleep
    • asleep;
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • are as a sleepe:
    • Of Sleep, and Clouds,
    • grave, though sleep, like ashes, hide
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VIII: The Interaction of Breathing and Blood-Circulation
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping woods all night
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IX: The Alliteration and Terminal Rhyme
    Matching lines:
    • A sleeping thane in his swift
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture I: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • always strengthened and refreshed and newly born from sleep. During
    • the unconsciousness of sleep we have gained something which is
    • consciousness is engulfed in deep, dreamless sleep.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • have fallen asleep in Christ have perished. If in this life we who
    • those who have fallen asleep. (Quotations from the New Testament are
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • whom are still alive, though some have fallen asleep. Then He
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • with those who have fallen asleep, will be in the time between death
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, in the sleeping state and in conditions midway between
    • sleeping and waking, could be transported into the spiritual world.
  • Title: Education: Summary
    Matching lines:
    • must never be forced. The rhythm of sleeping and waking. The rhythmic
    • Bodily activity works upon the life of sleep. The nature of Will. In
    • organism, and this can only be regulated in sleep. Purely
    • the deep, sound sleep that is necessary for the regeneration of the
    • the after-effects of these activities during sleep. Animal-lore, history
    • spiritual world during sleep. Geometry and concrete conceptions of
  • Title: Education: Lecture I: Science, Art, Religion and Morality
    Matching lines:
    • thinking ought to be passive, and then they fall asleep because they
  • Title: Education: Lecture II: Principles of Greek Education
    Matching lines:
    • there is soul and spirit. Soul and spirit sleep in the physical body
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • thought rises from the dim sleeping and dreaming life of very early
    • thought to the surface from the dim, sleeping and dreaming life of
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • no attention is given to the consideration of the state of sleep,
    • alternating rhythm of our waking and sleeping is of the greatest
    • inactive while he sleeps. He is inactive only in so far as the outer,
    • and more especially the welfare of his soul and spirit, sleep is
    • all-important. True education can provide for a right life of sleep,
    • over into the condition of sleep, and this is especially the case
    • child's life of sleep. If we wish really to understand the form that
    • sleep?’
    • their unfolding is to have the right effect upon the state of sleep;
    • our organism that sleep alone can rectify. In a certain sense we should
    • literally burn up our bodies if sleep did not perpetually reduce
    • Science. Sleep regulates the inner burning by spreading it over
    • adjusting. Restless sleep is the result of mere external methods of
    • they cannot get the deep, sound sleep they need, and the bodily
    • constitution cannot be sufficiently refreshed and restored in sleep.
    • for, he will get the kind of sleep he needs. A right provision for the
    • waking life can thus cause a right life of sleep in which all the organic
    • combustion. This right balance then affects the life of sleep, and
    • the child sleeps deeply and peacefully. The restlessness and
    • physical exercises fidget in soul during sleep, and in the morning,
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • body. Only at death does this occur. During sleep, the etheric
    • man sleeps, the astral body and Ego-organization leave the physical
    • vibrations persist during sleep. On the other hand, history and such
    • the spiritual world during sleep.
    • by the physical and etheric bodies during sleep, whereas the results
    • child have the tendency to become more and more perfect during sleep.
    • sleep. In teaching therefore, we have necessarily to consider whether
    • which pass out of the physical and etheric bodies during sleep. But
    • these members of our being, we make it less perfect. During sleep,
    • formative forces in his waking life that during sleep it elaborates
    • during sleep. In this connection it is important to understand certain
    • human being has been asleep the whole time. You will say: “Yes,
    • assist the continued activity of the etheric body during sleep, if,
    • in man, that is, the part which works on during sleep and which also
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • moon were not there to preserve for us while we sleep what we
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • alternation from waking to sleeping. What do waking and
    • sleeping really mean? The meaning of waking and sleeping is
    • and the astral body when we fall asleep, and we breathe them in
    • between waking and sleeping which is passed in a day, we have
    • the time spent between waking and sleeping in a year: and if,
    • waking and sleeping, occurring every day, 360 times in a year,
    • with us between waking and sleeping expresses again the process
    • sleeping we are moon, earth, and Jupiter beings; and through
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, and the electrical apparatus in the psychological
    • experiences during sleep, just as these cannot be observed
    • light on the meaning of a thing. The will likes to sleep, and
    • experiences in the sleeping life: by rhythm, measure, melody,
    • a sleeping power, even when we are awake, from the waking
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • adjusting ourselves to the right rhythm of waking and sleeping,
    • and that we employ the hours of sleep in doing all kinds of
  • Title: Study of Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • the three-fold man. Nature of sleep in child and adult. The teacher
    • breathe and to sleep ...
    • in thinking, sleeps in willing, dreams in feeling. Types of children
    • — knowing in images: Dreaming — inspired feeling: Sleeping
    • lives in dreaming-sleeping. Moritz Benedikt's work. Two zones where
    • man sleeps — sense sphere on periphery and inner sphere of blood
    • sleeping, memory is waking.
    • Effect of sleep on ego. Need to regulate remembering and forgetting.
    • Concepts enter sleeping soul and affect body. Concepts of child form
    • childhood Soul and Spirit are dreaming and sleeping outside child,
    • sleeping. Limbs awake but unformed. Teacher can only educate part of
    • sleep to different forms of bodily activity. Purposeful movements
    • sleep to different forms of mental activity. Interest essential ...
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the three-fold man. Nature of sleep in child and adult. The teacher
    • breathe and to sleep ...
    • accomplish the alternation between waking and sleeping in the way
    • say: “But the child can sleep perfectly well: indeed he sleeps
    • sleeps his very way into life.” Nevertheless, what inwardly
    • underlies sleeping and waking, this the child cannot yet do. The child
    • sleeping and waking, but he is not able to carry into the spiritual
    • world in sleep all that he experiences on the physical plane —
    • physical plane. The child's sleep is characterised by the very fact
    • that it is a different sleep from that of the grown-up person. What
    • distinguishes the sleep of the adult is that his experiences during
    • yet able to carry into his sleep what he has experienced between
    • waking and falling asleep again. Thus in sleep the child still lives
    • into what the Soul-Spirit or Spirit-Soul is engaged upon during sleep.
    • higher world enters in during the time between falling asleep and
    • of sleeping and waking. Needless to say, my dear friends, in our
    • the breathing, or of direct training of sleeping and waking. All this
    • the rhythm between sleeping and waking — what is it that happens?
    • between waking and sleeping in the same way in the spiritual world as
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • (the sleeping quarters were only a few paces away). Of course we must
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • in thinking, sleeps in willing, dreams in feeling. Types of children
    • — knowing in images: Dreaming — inspired feeling: Sleeping
    • sleep condition of consciousness — you can also call it, if you
    • experience while we sleep, from falling asleep until we wake, is not
    • beings are beings of will, we are “asleep” even when we are
    • awake. We are always carrying about with us a sleeping human being
    • beings of will we are asleep even from the time we wake up until we
    • fall asleep. There is always something asleep in us, namely: the inner
    • processes which go on during sleep. We do not understand the human
    • being completely unless we know that sleep plays into his waking life,
    • between waking and sleeping. You know the feelings in your soul just
    • sleeping man in that you will: you are also a
    • dreaming condition in feeling, and the sleeping condition in willing.
    • Seen from the spiritual point of view ordinary dreamless sleep is a
    • life. The only difference is that in real sleep we “sleep”
    • with the whole soul being, and when we are awake we only sleep with
    • following the rhythm of life, everything that is asleep has the
    • at present the will is asleep. And if the thinking cognition in the
    • waking sleep-condition, his will, in such a way that later on —
    • because all sleeping has a tendency to change into waking — this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • lives in dreaming-sleeping. Moritz Benedikt's work. Two zones where
    • man sleeps — sense sphere on periphery and inner sphere of blood
    • sleeping, memory is waking.
    • waking consciousness, dreaming and sleeping: and we showed how the
    • thinking-cognition; dreaming in feeling; and sleeping in willing.
    • half-sleeping, half dreaming; we might even call it a
    • dreaming-sleeping, a sleeping-dreaming. For we do not only sleep in
    • the night, we are continually asleep on the periphery, on the external
    • the sensations are to be found we are only dreaming in sleep, or
    • sleeping in dreams. The psychologists have no notion that what
    • wake in the morning. You see, the concepts of sleeping and dreaming
    • ordinary life. All we know about sleeping in ordinary life is that
    • when we are in bed at night we go to sleep. We have no idea that this
    • sleeping extends much further, and that we are always sleeping on the
    • surface of the body, although this sleeping is constantly being
    • inward side of the child's being this bodily periphery is asleep and
    • dreaming in its sleep. Thus you are not only fully awake in
    • asleep. And further: that which takes place in the environment, or
    • being into the blood and muscle elements. Here, too, man is asleep and
    • also dreaming. On the surface man is asleep and dreaming, and again
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Effect of sleep on ego. Need to regulate remembering and forgetting.
    • remembering, if we connect it with sleeping and waking, which are more
    • You may say that sleeping and waking are actually even more obscure
    • anyone who can observe carefully what man loses in disturbed sleep,
    • ordinary life if we do not sleep long enough the ego-consciousness
    • relatively slight disturbance through sleep, or rather through lack of
    • sleep, you can see that this is the case. Let us suppose that during
    • one night you did not sleep well. I am supposing that your lack of
    • sleep was not because you were particularly diligent and spent the
    • your sleep was disturbed by some bodily condition or by mosquitoes, in
    • given up to the outer world, then they also doze half asleep with
    • of sleeping and waking are playing into the waking life. How does
    • which we are asleep, takes hold of a mental picture down in the
    • the time of falling asleep until waking up, collect force in the
    • force of the sleeping will. But the will is indeed “asleep.”
    • admonishing him to be very good in his sleep, in order to bring this
    • impossible to demand that this sleeping part, the sleeping will,
    • This however is not all. In that sympathy is active you sleep into the
    • and sleeping when we meet another man. We owe this alternation to the
    • sleeping, not in a waking will and then quickly carries over this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Concepts enter sleeping soul and affect body. Concepts of child form
    • dreaming and sleeping; and that all the different manifestations of
    • human life can be characterised as fully awake, dreaming or sleeping
    • sleeping soul. The concept makes its way right down into the sleeping
    • habitual gestures. But the sleeping soul works right into the very
    • results of judgments in men, you are working right into the sleeping
    • among other things — that the sleeping soul has wrought. Here we
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • is really a deception, for you are rushing in the train (in a sleeper
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • childhood Soul and Spirit are dreaming and sleeping outside child,
    • sleeping. Limbs awake but unformed. Teacher can only educate part of
    • the head is asleep.
    • and a spirit that is still asleep. Now we must see how we can bring
    • head spirit is asleep. Hence in his head spirit he can dwell outside
    • soul are outside his body in sleep. The child in spirit and soul, in
    • his sleeping spirit and dreaming soul, is outside his head; he is with
    • his head spirit is already very highly developed, but asleep. His head
    • human being enters the world with a sleeping spirit and a dreaming
    • his will, for we can only approach his sleeping head spirit by working
    • would be born — his head spirit would be asleep. We could not
    • will to the sleeping spirit of the child. Later on, when we have
    • managed to approach the child's will, we can work upon his sleeping
    • the vocal organs through these first words will penetrate the sleeping
    • sleeping spirit of the head. Another mediator is needed here. We human
    • within it. And as we give the child milk it works upon the sleeping
    • spirit has the task of awakening the sleeping spirit of the child.
    • inner need to awaken the sleeping human spirit. As in human beings and
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • sleep to different forms of bodily activity. Purposeful movements
    • sleep to different forms of mental activity. Interest essential ...
    • spirit for too long, in other words, we have to sleep too long. And
    • too much sleep in turn promotes too much bodily activity, the bodily
    • sleep too much. Nevertheless through excessive bodily work we produce
    • in ourselves the desire to sleep too much.
    • But what about lazy people who love to sleep, and who sleep so much?
    • really stop working. When a lazy person sleeps it is not because he
    • more conducive to sleep than are activities with a purpose in them. In
    • turn, does not need to work so much unconsciously in sleep, because we
    • more he will be at the mercy of excessive desire for sleep; and of an
    • Eurythmy the more we shall bring harmony into the need for sleeping
    • disturbs restful sleep. Excessive spiritual work disturbs sleep just
    • as excessive bodily work makes one sleep-sodden. But when we exert
    • reading we fall asleep over it. Or if we listen, not to the trite
    • tired and sleep-sodden. It is well known that people who go to a
    • asleep at the first word, or the first note. Often they will sleep all
    • activity from disturbing your sleep. When you have to cram for an
    • follows that cramming for an examination disturbs sleep and brings
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture I: The Necessity for a Spiritual Insight
    Matching lines:
    • sleep a child needs in the early days of its life. And we must ask
    • when a child in early childhood needs nearly 22 hours sleep? The
    • whole human being. The child needs so much sleep because it is
    • world, so must it sleep a great deal. For whenever it is confronted
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture III: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday and To-day
    Matching lines:
    • when we sleep and awaken. This is a rhythm which we often turn into
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IX: The Teachers of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • these deposits are only removed from the organism when a man sleeps or
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Synopsis of Lectures
    Matching lines:
    • similar to sleep, a gentle imagining. The ether movements of the
    • person who is asleep or who is listening are made visible by the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • who are sleepy, you will awaken them in a certain sense to a state of
    • It will be observed that sleepy-headed adults can definitely be awakened
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • It is a sort of falling asleep. The other movement (confirmation and
    • of sleep in the observer; imaginatively one falls asleep in a way with
    • happen. But because one in reality doesn't go to sleep while making
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • light, partial sleep overtakes the listener. The “I”
    • a condition which is similar and then again dissimilar to sleep. It is
    • similar to sleep in that the “I” and astral body are slightly
    • only much more weakly — when the person is asleep and has left
    • is asleep the etheric body is considerably more active than when he
    • is awake. During this dampened sleep taking place in the listener the
    • sleep. Thus you can study in the listener, who promptly performs them
    • for you, ether movements of the human being in sleep. It isn't at all
    • necessary to study the person while asleep; one can study the etheric
    • heightened movements of the etheric body in sleep. One studies these
    • of sleep, and this going out, this transition into sleep is extraordinarily
    • into tension. He passes as it were into a state of sleep which actually
    • — which go out in ordinary sleep — remain within the organism.
    • One even tries to bring about a sort of artificial sleep for the
    • limb-metabolic system in this case. But when one falls asleep in the
    • that will be most necessary, among them the sleepy headed people. One
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep man's soul lies in the spiritual world —
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • completely unconscious state of sleep into one of consciousness. The
    • time the human being falls asleep and loses consciousness, his astral
    • is asleep, the sentient body remains in bed with the physical and
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • an extent to the ordinary human being. It is dream-filled sleep,
    • state of consciousness is dreamless sleep, a state of a certain
    • new world unfolds before man in dream-filled sleep. A world filled
    • begins to awaken during his ordinary dream-filled sleep; it is as
    • living beings. This experience of conscious dream-filled sleep then
    • transforming dreamless sleep into a conscious state. This world that
    • dreamless sleep. The colors of the astral world become increasingly
    • by the sleep, but he also brings back art from those worlds. When a
    • sleep, gives him the possibility of using these colors among which he
    • man sleeps, the astral body and the sentient soul release themselves
    • sleep with the inner vibrations to intensify these tones and to
    • between sleeping and waking, man continuously passes from the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • could offer one of the time spent during sleep. Everything the
    • what he experiences between falling asleep and awakening. Only
    • waking life. Likewise, man is in another world during sleep; this
    • surrounds us similarly when we sleep. In this lecture we shall bring
    • that during sleep we are indeed in this super-sensible world and have
    • exist as sleeping human beings, we naturally must select particular
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • world. For men must not, dare not, linger in the condition of sleep
    • lounge and going to sleep, believing they can achieve it in the
    • sleep, have never seen and in which they go on sleeping. This is how
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • wakened from a certain condition of sleep. There are so many who think
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Synopsis
    Matching lines:
    • disciples asleep. “The Son of Man shall be delivered into the hands
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • a human being in his totality while he is asleep during the night,
    • someone goes into a room where a number of people are asleep.
    • clairvoyant, when looking at a number of sleeping people he might
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • 9:32 But Peter and they that were with him were heavy with sleep: and when they were awake, they saw his glory, and the two men that stood with him. \
    • they fall asleep immediately after being torn out of their physical
    • Christ finds them asleep. This account was meant to indicate the
    • deathlike sleep had brought to the few Initiates who witnessed it,
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • as my dream life is free when I am sleeping. There is something in
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • for instance, would never have thought of it, not even in his sleep,
    • although Paracelsus was a much more clever, even in sleep, than some
  • Title: True/False Paths: Synopses of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Apsu. Sleeping life revealed Tiamat. The demoniac,
    • sleeping and waking. Sense-perceptions more real than thought. In
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. The third stage of consciousness in
    • the Chaldean may be compared to a state of dreamless sleep. Today we
    • set no store on the experiences of dreamless sleep.
    • longer experienced the clairvoyant sleep of the ancients. Such was
    • Sleep. The astral body and Ego leave the body but
    • sleep, consciousness is severed from the physical and the etheric and
    • In sleep, ordinary man experiences only with the Ego, the Initiate
    • going to sleep and waking we experience the Sun influences within the
    • During sleep we are related to the Sun through our inner life; the
    • When, during sleep, the Moon forces begin to be inwardly active in
    • deep sleep. In the inner life of the Ego they correspond to thinking,
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • the wonderful contrast between the life of sleep (his consciousness
    • alternating conditions of sleep and waking were experienced
    • differently thousands of years ago. Sleep was less unconscious,
    • waking life not so fully conscious. In sleep man was aware of
    • of consciousness during sleep is a consequence of human
    • forms. There was not the same abrupt transition from sleep to waking
    • sleep, this realm that blurred the clear distinction between the
    • Schools was that when man, in a state of sleep, shared the flux and
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a clear distinction between waking and sleeping, which, though
    • and that we sleep for a period equivalent to the hours of darkness.
    • sleep, for their sleep was not as deep as ours. It was more
    • dreamlike. Today, if someone were asleep and you were all sitting
    • deep sleep was unknown; men would have seen the visionary form
    • we wake in the morning and rub the sleep out of our eyes, we say:
    • asleep up to this moment.” They believed that they preserved a
    • now entered the realm of sleep, but remained highly
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. A Chaldean did not experience these
    • may be compared to a state of dreamless sleep. If we look at the
    • on what a person may experience in dreamless sleep because, as a
    • tell us anything of their experiences in dreamless sleep. Dream life,
    • dreamless sleep of present-day man and examine the ordinary
    • yourself to be asleep, when dreams arise which are often so
    • but which indicates, none the less, that, in sleep, experiences rise
    • is transformed in sleep. But it is fraught with meaning. He sees the
    • normally, a state of emptied consciousness induces sleep. This can be
    • asleep.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • chaotic, uncoordinated experiences of dream life during sleep,
    • consciousness he is asleep. If we awaken them and develop them, we
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • in our life of sleep the condition formerly possessed by the
    • sleep leads to oblivion; but it was precisely in the unconscious that
    • but experience again the clairvoyant sleep of the ancients, we should
    • Joachim of Fiore, he would have replied: our sleep is devoid of
    • life is spent in those realms where man dwells in sleep, realms which
    • man can no longer inhabit today because his sleep is emptied of true
    • pupil. — It is now twilight, and sleep which reveals the
    • to the stars. Then sleep will overtake you; you will no longer be a
    • sharply defined as now, and the life of sleep had not yet become a
    • this state of sleep, the teacher spoke of realities, saying: You are
    • whilst you were asleep, he would perceive the plants, mountains,
    • see them. And now the moment has come for sleep. Through your eyes,
    • experienced; so that, whilst falling asleep, the sleeper not only
    • life we live in the upper world, in sleep we live in the lower world.
    • Persephone entered through the eyes of the sleeper into the physical
    • and etheric bodies. She dwelt with Pluto, the Lord of sleep within
    • the physical and etheric bodies. The sleeping neophyte experienced
    • the deeds of Pluto and Persephone during sleep. And whilst the
    • revealed to him in sleep. Then he would discuss in detail the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • process of falling asleep. The physical and etheric bodies are left
    • sleep. Let us recall this condition: the physical and etheric bodies
    • asleep. Dreamless sleep means that we live in the Ego and astral body
    • forms. So far as these are concerned, he is asleep. Now picture a man
    • In relation to the spiritual he is asleep. Such is man's condition in
    • dreamless sleep. The purpose of concentration and meditation is to
    • consciousness is lost in sleep and which he must rouse from its
    • sleep. We can converse with them, metaphorically speaking, as we do
    • dreamless sleep instead of normal consciousness, we should no longer
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • through sleep, but through some other factor, there is the danger
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • normal consciousness passes over from the waking state into sleep, he
    • conditions of sleep man's physical and etheric bodies are left
    • bodies in the right way. Even when we are in dreamless sleep, for
    • in sleep we protect them from incursions from without.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness of sleep, of dreamless sleep. If we observe man during
    • sleep when his physical and etheric bodies are detached from his
    • astral body and Ego, we find that between falling asleep and waking
    • to sleeping we experience the Sun externally. We are aware of
    • over into the condition of sleep the Sun begins to shine in our Ego
    • sleeping and waking the Sun is within us. You are aware that certain
    • sunlight between sleeping and waking.
    • forces; during sleep he is under the influence of the Sun forces
    • During sleep we have the Sun within us and only the physical and
    • sleep we irradiate from without our physical and etheric bodies with
    • and etheric bodies during sleep, he first of all irradiates his skin
    • phenomenon of sleep. The Sun shines from the human Ego and astral
    • sleep we see the workings of the Sun proceeding from the Ego and
    • characterized the state of sleep in relation to the Cosmos. During
    • sleep man's inner life is related to the Sun, his external life to
    • stored up Moon forces. During sleep the Sun inhabits the astral body
    • inhabits the physical and etheric bodies, during sleep, the
    • man becomes a night-reveller and by sacrificing sleep invites
    • sleeps by day and wakes by night, the Moon influences are still
    • stars. But the Sun forces which man stores up during sleep and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, where he is surrounded by spiritual darkness and where he
    • sleep. But he does not live only in the worlds to which this
    • dream consciousness and sleep consciousness (one would like to say
    • consciousness and sleep consciousness. When it looks inwards, it
    • of deep sleep. Normal consciousness can no more explain the origin of
    • willing than it can explain the origin of sleep. When a man performs
    • Sleep consciousness
  • Title: True/False Paths: Synopses of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Apsu. Sleeping life revealed Tiamat. The demoniac,
    • sleeping and waking. Sense-perceptions more real than thought. In
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. The third stage of consciousness in
    • the Chaldean may be compared to a state of dreamless sleep. Today we
    • set no store on the experiences of dreamless sleep.
    • longer experienced the clairvoyant sleep of the ancients. Such was
    • Sleep. The astral body and Ego leave the body but
    • sleep, consciousness is severed from the physical and the etheric and
    • In sleep, ordinary man experiences only with the Ego, the Initiate
    • going to sleep and waking we experience the Sun influences within the
    • During sleep we are related to the Sun through our inner life; the
    • When, during sleep, the Moon forces begin to be inwardly active in
    • deep sleep. In the inner life of the Ego they correspond to thinking,
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • the wonderful contrast between the life of sleep (his consciousness
    • alternating conditions of sleep and waking were experienced
    • differently thousands of years ago. Sleep was less unconscious,
    • waking life not so fully conscious. In sleep man was aware of
    • of consciousness during sleep is a consequence of human
    • forms. There was not the same abrupt transition from sleep to waking
    • sleep, this realm that blurred the clear distinction between the
    • Schools was that when man, in a state of sleep, shared the flux and
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a clear distinction between waking and sleeping, which, though
    • and that we sleep for a period equivalent to the hours of darkness.
    • sleep, for their sleep was not as deep as ours. It was more
    • dreamlike. Today, if someone were asleep and you were all sitting
    • deep sleep was unknown; men would have seen the visionary form
    • we wake in the morning and rub the sleep out of our eyes, we say:
    • asleep up to this moment.” They believed that they preserved a
    • now entered the realm of sleep, but remained highly
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. A Chaldean did not experience these
    • may be compared to a state of dreamless sleep. If we look at the
    • on what a person may experience in dreamless sleep because, as a
    • tell us anything of their experiences in dreamless sleep. Dream life,
    • dreamless sleep of present-day man and examine the ordinary
    • yourself to be asleep, when dreams arise which are often so
    • but which indicates, none the less, that, in sleep, experiences rise
    • is transformed in sleep. But it is fraught with meaning. He sees the
    • normally, a state of emptied consciousness induces sleep. This can be
    • asleep.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • chaotic, uncoordinated experiences of dream life during sleep,
    • consciousness he is asleep. If we awaken them and develop them, we
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • in our life of sleep the condition formerly possessed by the
    • sleep leads to oblivion; but it was precisely in the unconscious that
    • but experience again the clairvoyant sleep of the ancients, we should
    • Joachim of Fiore, he would have replied: our sleep is devoid of
    • life is spent in those realms where man dwells in sleep, realms which
    • man can no longer inhabit today because his sleep is emptied of true
    • pupil. — It is now twilight, and sleep which reveals the
    • to the stars. Then sleep will overtake you; you will no longer be a
    • sharply defined as now, and the life of sleep had not yet become a
    • this state of sleep, the teacher spoke of realities, saying: You are
    • whilst you were asleep, he would perceive the plants, mountains,
    • see them. And now the moment has come for sleep. Through your eyes,
    • experienced; so that, whilst falling asleep, the sleeper not only
    • life we live in the upper world, in sleep we live in the lower world.
    • Persephone entered through the eyes of the sleeper into the physical
    • and etheric bodies. She dwelt with Pluto, the Lord of sleep within
    • the physical and etheric bodies. The sleeping neophyte experienced
    • the deeds of Pluto and Persephone during sleep. And whilst the
    • revealed to him in sleep. Then he would discuss in detail the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • process of falling asleep. The physical and etheric bodies are left
    • sleep. Let us recall this condition: the physical and etheric bodies
    • asleep. Dreamless sleep means that we live in the Ego and astral body
    • forms. So far as these are concerned, he is asleep. Now picture a man
    • In relation to the spiritual he is asleep. Such is man's condition in
    • dreamless sleep. The purpose of concentration and meditation is to
    • consciousness is lost in sleep and which he must rouse from its
    • sleep. We can converse with them, metaphorically speaking, as we do
    • dreamless sleep instead of normal consciousness, we should no longer
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • through sleep, but through some other factor, there is the danger
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • normal consciousness passes over from the waking state into sleep, he
    • conditions of sleep man's physical and etheric bodies are left
    • bodies in the right way. Even when we are in dreamless sleep, for
    • in sleep we protect them from incursions from without.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness of sleep, of dreamless sleep. If we observe man during
    • sleep when his physical and etheric bodies are detached from his
    • astral body and Ego, we find that between falling asleep and waking
    • to sleeping we experience the Sun externally. We are aware of
    • over into the condition of sleep the Sun begins to shine in our Ego
    • sleeping and waking the Sun is within us. You are aware that certain
    • sunlight between sleeping and waking.
    • forces; during sleep he is under the influence of the Sun forces
    • During sleep we have the Sun within us and only the physical and
    • sleep we irradiate from without our physical and etheric bodies with
    • and etheric bodies during sleep, he first of all irradiates his skin
    • phenomenon of sleep. The Sun shines from the human Ego and astral
    • sleep we see the workings of the Sun proceeding from the Ego and
    • characterized the state of sleep in relation to the Cosmos. During
    • sleep man's inner life is related to the Sun, his external life to
    • stored up Moon forces. During sleep the Sun inhabits the astral body
    • inhabits the physical and etheric bodies, during sleep, the
    • man becomes a night-reveller and by sacrificing sleep invites
    • sleeps by day and wakes by night, the Moon influences are still
    • stars. But the Sun forces which man stores up during sleep and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, where he is surrounded by spiritual darkness and where he
    • sleep. But he does not live only in the worlds to which this
    • dream consciousness and sleep consciousness (one would like to say
    • consciousness and sleep consciousness. When it looks inwards, it
    • of deep sleep. Normal consciousness can no more explain the origin of
    • willing than it can explain the origin of sleep. When a man performs
    • Sleep consciousness
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • steamer, especially if they sleep on the journey. What is
    • goes to sleep. Of course the person who does not acquire
    • doubt know, namely, that whilst we are asleep our ego and
    • case like this, so that if we are asleep on a train journey
    • referred to. We human beings do not only sleep at night. We
    • actually sleep in the daytime as well, only we do not notice
    • our daytime sleep as much as our nighttime sleep. During the
    • during nighttime sleep. During the day our life of will is
    • investigating the will whilst they are daytime sleepers and
    • sleeping state, by night or day. So it is no wonder that a
    • sleep! They would far rather have things conjured up before
    • capable of speaking to the human soul forces that are asleep
    • present time is that human beings do not sleep and dream
    • wish to know nothing about spiritual science do sleep and
    • through the world sleeping and dreaming, but understand what
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out that properly speaking we do not sleep by night
    • only but that certain parts of our being also sleep by day.
    • which sleep, while during the day it is more the willing and
    • feeling parts which sleep. It is in this will sphere that we
    • which is otherwise asleep. When you sit and listen to a
    • soul and spirit down into a region which otherwise sleeps
    • we sleep; then our ordinary thought life is dulled in an
    • everyday consciousness that which awakens when we sleep; if
    • that in which we live when asleep dives down into our waking
    • into a region which sleeps during the day. But when we
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • being does not only sleep at night, when his conscious
    • also asleep during the day. At night it is more the life of
    • concepts that is asleep; but during the day, in a part of our
    • being, the life of the will is more asleep. The will sleeps
    • of the will sleeps thus. This sphere of our will is much more
    • most part a sleepwalker. A vast number of things take place
    • that during sleep he is not nearly so unbelieving as when
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • sleep which lasted for thirteen days; the thirteen holy days
    • sleep he had significant experiences, that he was able to
    • And soon lay deeply sleeping.
    • When he did sleep so long.
    • And soon lay deeply sleeping.
    • sleep that was to reveal to him the secrets of worlds that
    • Olaf Asteson fell asleep he became a mental image of the
    • sleep these beings of the higher hierarchies experienced what
    • materialistic civilisation, and the other part was asleep.
    • seeds were being sown in the sleeping parts of the soul for
    • the part of the human soul that was asleep in the age of
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep. Some of them really listened. Then there was
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep.’ But there is another realm of human conduct
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • up and going to sleep, man is not fully awake, for something
    • in him is still asleep. What we feel as our will is really
    • up until we go to sleep, but willing is something we carry
    • sleep. You can clearly visualise putting a mouthful of food
    • unconscious of your thoughts while you are asleep. So during
    • in waking day sleep.
    • sleep with regard to our desires and the feeling impulses
    • experiences the other side of life during sleep. His thought
    • life is asleep and quite different conditions prevail, of
    • conditions prevail during sleep. Man is outside his physical
    • between falling asleep and waking up man lives continually
    • what sleep consists of, acquiring a longing for his physical
    • body from the moment he falls asleep. This rises to a climax
    • he is asleep the longing to return to his own physical body
    • happen that this longing grows so strong during sleep, that
    • during sleep they did not want to let go altogether of that
    • with such love that even in sleep they wanted to remain bound
    • the physical body during sleep, was called prophetic
    • sleeplike state, urged on by love — even if it is not
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • That is why we have to sleep, because we don't do any thinking then.
    • restored in sleep. So waking and sleeping show us that while we are
    • sleep, as we know, we do not think, we do not move, we are inactive.
    • During sleep our spirit and soul have gone off to the spiritual world
    • soul leave once and return. Sleeping and waking, you see, are simply
    • longer breathing is our sleeping and waking. And the longest
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • nature were at first asleep within him, and have awakened by stages in the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • Awake, shake off your sleep,
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • like sleep-walking, just as the state reached by the soul when submissive
    • though asleep, and the indolent soul, unwilling to be fully conscious of
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • — as we all know — alternates between waking and sleeping. At
    • night, when a man falls asleep, his feelings, his pleasure and pain, his joys
    • explained, when a man goes to sleep his physical and etheric bodies remain in
    • and Consciousness Soul, withdraw, as does the Ego. During sleep the astral
    • into indefinite darkness on going to sleep. Yet is it asserted that the
    • at the time of awakening from sleep. Everything that a man experiences
    • physical and etheric bodies. When he is nearing sleep and the faculty that
    • origin of these forces? They come from the nightly condition of sleep. During
    • the period between going to sleep and waking up the soul absorbs to the full
    • now. Thus we can say that when the soul passes back from sleep into waking
    • When the soul goes off to sleep in the evening, does it carry anything with
    • because human beings pass repeatedly through the condition of sleep. In daily
    • imprinting and retentions is considerably aided if we sleep on it; in that
    • sleep, and thereby our life is enhanced.
    • every morning, on returning from sleep, we find our physical and etheric
    • limitations we encounter every morning on waking from sleep, and so can help
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • human soul can develop. As in the seed of a plant the future plant sleeps and
    • without, so are hidden forces and capacities always sleeping in the human
    • “waking” and “sleeping”.
    • sense-world. In sleep we are removed from that world. A simple logical
    • during sleep from what we usually call the human body. We know that for
    • so-called etheric or life-body. When we are asleep, the physical and etheric
    • of earthly creation: the ego. These last two parts split off during sleep
    • down during sleep into an indefinite obscurity. But this means simply that
    • say that at the moment of falling asleep, when this stimulus ceases, man
    • hand resembles sleep, and yet is essentially different from it on the other,
    • he could reach super-sensible knowledge. His condition would resemble sleep in
    • life is changing: a condition emerges that is in some respects akin to sleep.
    • But while sleep brings a submergence of conscious soul-life, the devotion I
    • sleeping faculties of the soul. Of course, while we are still practising the
    • exercises is that the sleeping forces of cognition are awakened and directed
    • accomplishing something, transforming sleeping forces into active ones. This
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • condition while he is awake. During sleep it is different. Then, leaving his
    • during sleep he lives in a spiritual world which he cannot perceive, simply
    • instruments for perceiving the surrounding world. When in sleep he lays these
    • something else to say about these states of waking and sleeping. Our waking
    • are awake while the sun is up and asleep while the sun is down. This regular
    • alternation of waking and sleeping corresponds to the regular action of
    • A regular alternation of waking and sleeping builds up our physical body in a
    • external influences play into the human being while he is asleep, while he is
    • asleep we get something from the spiritual world to replace the forces that
    • but it is so. During spiritual research one is not sleeping — the
    • world-spirit does not bestow its gifts in sleep! The physical body is
    • inactive with regard to the outer world, yet one is not asleep, although the
    • Sleep does not supervene and the spiritual world can be perceived. For the
    • element which permeates man's outer body and during sleep passes as astral
    • He becomes more independent all the time — e.g. he can sleep by day and
    • stay awake at night. But he still has to order his waking and sleeping in
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • outside. In sleep the inner human being separates from the outer. During that
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • out of his soul from waking until he falls asleep. These are man's
    • of the ego's activities between waking and falling asleep we can see
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • inter-linked in their effects. When the human being goes to sleep at night,
    • which only presents us with its outward aspect, sleep remains in the physical
    • between inner and outer, with it. That is why in the sleeping human being
    • that in the sleeping human being the physical body and the ether body are
    • between outer and inner. In contrast, the astral body in the sleeping human
    • being to go to sleep? This subject has been mentioned before, but it is
    • sleep every night?
    • us between waking up and going to sleep, it can only do because it sees its
    • sleep at night we see an interaction between the inner and the outer human
    • is why we sleep. We would be unable to live without entering the world of
    • being taken in their immediate form into our sleep each night, into those
    • necessary to transform these experiences in periods of sleep. For example, a
    • thing is best learnt by heart by learning it, sleeping on it, learning it
    • again, sleeping on it again. If one is not able to immerse the experiences in
    • sleep in order for them to emerge as abilities or in the form of wisdom or
    • body into the state of sleep then we would be able to change them. But in the
    • spiritual world each night through sleep from which we wake up again in the
    • thus active in this particular state of sleep which the human being is
    • means waking up from a state of sleep which encompasses the physical and
    • and the ether body to restore them to their normal state. Only in sleep can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • and consciously, the condition which occurs normally in sleep, when the soul
    • world-outlook, which makes no claim except to arouse the forces sleeping in
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • areas that sleep has to be regarded differently from the way it is understood
    • in ordinary science. We have shown how what remains in bed of the sleeping
    • being in sleep. Ordinary consciousness just does not see that something
    • world, between going to sleep and waking up. And it also fails to recognise
    • sleep in order to sustain the ordinary soul-life. That is why we have to
    • present with his laws also in sleep, and the inner human being, who is only
    • in sleep. As long as this distinction is not made we will not be able to
    • Physical body and ether body remain in bed during sleep. Then the parts which
    • withdraw from the physical and ether bodies during sleep into the spiritual
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • unsleeping watch over it and passes judgment where the ego could not yet
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • there is as yet no new Queen there. She is still asleep in her cell and
    • asleep, has its eyes shut. Well, if there is a mouse somewhere under
    • eyes shut, it was asleep. Some people say the cat has a very fine
    • that the cat hears best when it is asleep, which is a rather doubtful
    • plays an extremely important part in sleep. It works chemically.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • has withdrawn from the body as happens in sleep, only in sleep this
    • as in sleep, it gets stuck fast, and when a man has a weak
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • put the audience to sleep. Unusual formulations and word order keep
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • sleep; for such a logical development has the disadvantage
    • to sleep with it. This is a wholly organic process. Logical
    • the same tone, you know, puts the listener to sleep. Each
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • half-sleeping experiences, these dreams are always connected either with
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • birth and after death, repeated earth lives. Falling asleep and
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • significance of waking up and falling asleep, and the
    • condition of sleep as such. Through a deepening of the
    • experience of falling asleep, which otherwise remains
    • the experience of sleep, which I would like just to
    • characterize as follows: when the human being falls asleep in
    • in which the human being lives between falling asleep and
    • silenced just as in sleep the senses are silenced. The
    • subjective human activity is silent in both sleep and
    • inspired imagination. The major difference is this: in sleep
    • asleep. One has therefore the possibility of studying the
    • life of sleep.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • was kindled out of the dull, sleepy cultural life of primordial times.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • with a sleepy soul, if he could not awake in confronting external nature.
    • nothing other than what happens every morning when we awake out of sleep
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • fall asleep, entering not into unconsciousness or nebulous dreams but
    • One begins to comprehend that even in normal sleep one's soul-spirit
    • is outside the body. Yet the experience of sleep is not permeated with
    • knows that throughout the entire night, from falling asleep until waking,
    • that out of the sleeping state countless questions arise within one.
    • falling asleep and waking. Everyone who returns from the theater actually
    • is deluged by all these questions in the night while he sleeps, but
    • due to the operation of certain laws sleep normally spreads itself out
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • And only those who experience contemporary life with a sleeping soul
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Breathing. Carbon and oxygen. Falling asleep and waking up.
    • Falling asleep and awakening. Raw
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • for the separation in sleep of the ego and
    • sleep the ego and astral body leave the physical and etheric
    • with human sleeping and waking. In the waking state the
    • in sleep the physical and etheric bodies of the metabolic and
    • an actual rhythmic process that takes place in sleeping and
    • said that in sleep, at least in man's upper organization, the
    • strong a tendency to sleep. Thus if one has to deal with an
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. In this you can see the significant role of the
    • that during sleep the astral is active in the human being,
    • The astral body thus makes use of an activity during sleep
    • outside the human being during sleep.
    • course in the human being, the rhythm of waking and sleeping.
    • Actual sleep, which, as we have seen, is strongly bound up
    • the very way one falls asleep or awakens.
    • happens when a person falls asleep or awakens is an
    • a position to observe his patient when falling asleep or when
    • position to observe the patient when he falls asleep and
    • is nevertheless most unreliable. If falling asleep and
    • the experience that unfolds during sleep. They then cease to
    • with the astral body, which acts in sleep from below upward.
    • the day in question and that have gone to sleep with us
    • — it would be wrong to think that. To go to sleep
    • nature groups together, in the moment of falling asleep and
    • asleep; then we will study how we can indeed observe what
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • symptoms are condensed in the phenomena of falling asleep and
    • that are condensed in the process of falling asleep. To fall
    • asleep inadequately always indicates that the astral body is
    • investigator because, when sleep should appear, the physical
    • asleep; hence we must acquire a comprehensive view of the
    • falling asleep. We then may notice that everything revealing
    • of falling asleep inadequately. Thus any involuntary
    • these are waking concomitants of not falling asleep properly.
    • add that in patients who fall asleep inadequately there is
    • do with everything accompanying inadequate sleep. Thus in
    • under the formula, “falling asleep inadequately,”
    • of inadequate falling asleep, when the disease is in the
    • inner aspects of the human being. During sleep the ego takes
    • and inadequate falling asleep and awakening. If all these
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture I: Address at the Christmas Assembly
    Matching lines:
    • sleep until the time you wake up, and after you have washed and
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture III: Address at the Assembly at the End of the First School Year
    Matching lines:
    • But unless we can also sleep and
    • sleeps, sometimes dreams come to them from their sleep. Most of you
    • not sleeping, but of staying awake. That, dear Waldorf teachers, is
    • up and look at the decision you have come to instead of sleeping
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • person who goes to sleep I continually do, and look back at my head,
    • world in sleep. It is unconscious in us. Can we look at this
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • that the phenomenon of sleeping and waking means that man is released
    • together during wakefulness and separated during sleep: What now
    • Now if you consider the state of sleep, you experience light. And by
    • something else: as in sleep we were receptive of light, so in
    • experience, as dormant in wakefulness as in sleep. In sleep man today
    • experience of man in sleep is the life in light. In sleep he is not
    • But it is a super-sensible primeval phenomenon. Asleep, the soul lives
    • asleep — you lie in bed, you do not move, the will is crippled. It
    • saying. If we have considered the daily event of going to sleep and
    • awaking, we say: In going to sleep, man passes out from the field of
    • light and life in weight, between going to sleep and awakening. If a
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, and of dreaming.
    • alternation. They do not have that deep, dreamless sleep which man has
    • for the greater part of the time between falling asleep and awaking.
    • between awaking and going to sleep. Animal “wakefulness” is
    • unconscious as man is in deep sleep.
    • every time he sleeps, his ego and his astral body are outside his
    • sleep we share the fate of outer things. As tables and benches, trees
    • bodies and are therefore described as outer world, so, during sleep,
    • You see, when a man is in the state between going to sleep and waking
    • sleep there are no things around us which can be weighed, however odd
    • rod in the state of sleep.
    • other words, what the senses perceive in these things. When we sleep,
    • and plants and animal; but in sleep he is with all that is spiritual
    • designed for sleep, he could not recognize an outer world.
    • does not sleep,” but “if man had an organization which was
    • not designed for sleep.” The point is the being designed for
    • because in sleep he passes the time in the outer world with the things
    • And you see, this relationship of man to sleep gives the earthly
    • arrangement of sleep. Without it we should have no concept of truth,
    • so that we have to thank the state of sleep for truth. In order to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • like the Greeks below, are sleeping peacefully; so
    • long, only Zeus was not holden of sweet sleep; rather was
    • sleeping in his hut, and ambrosial slumber poured over
    • Sleepest thou, son of wise Atreus tamer of horses?
    • To sleep all night through beseemth not one that is a
    • thee when honeyed sleep shall leave thee.’
    • me in my sleep through the ambrosial night, and chiefly
    • Sleepest thou, son of wise Atreus tamer of
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • how many sleepless nights I had at that time over the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • with the spiritual world when it sleeps during the night and
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of thought put the audience to sleep. Unusual
    • sleep; for such a logical development has the disadvantage
    • to sleep with it. This is a wholly organic process. Logical
    • the same tone, you know, puts the listener to sleep. Each
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • notice how they are enmeshed in a terrible cosmic sleep. They
    • their physical and etheric bodies in sleep and live in the
    • going to sleep and waking up, were often to be seen
    • spiritual world, that souls are asleep when they approach the
    • Guardian of the Threshold surrounded by groups of sleeping
    • asleep.
    • approach the Guardian of the Threshold in a state of sleep
    • allowed to wander across the threshold in a state of sleep;
    • their consciousness is that of a sleeping human being —
    • in death what they are now experiencing in sleep. For if the
    • sleep would become ordinary life. Human souls would pass
    • journeyings to where the sleeping souls can be observed
    • Threshold in a state of sleep in the way I have described. In
    • in sleep, by the thundering voice of the Guardian of the
    • state of sleep, is actually not one which is found amongst
    • fall asleep.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • like waking up out of sleep in the morning. The feeling one should
    • who lies asleep. Now I am waking up.” It is like knowing at the
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • alone with his dreams. He lies there asleep and dreaming, perhaps in
    • the midst of others awake or asleep, the content of whose inner
    • so in the world of sleep. But the moment we awake we begin to take
    • awakened soul rather than into an everyday soul asleep to higher
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • asleep or dreaming, who, in a state of lowered consciousness,
    • while they are sleeping. We know that these people are isolated from
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • fetch me. I wasn't quite on the point of going to sleep. Someone came
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • of the dreamer? It is the same as that of a sleeping person. For
    • though we may speak of dreamless sleep, the fact is that sleepers are
    • sleeping in one and the same room, yet be experiencing two wholly
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • waking life, that of dreams, and finally that of dreamless sleep.
    • And I pointed out that someone else can be asleep beside him and have
    • dreamer. Even if ten people are sleeping in a single room, each has
    • But in sleep we are
    • that is, on awakening and on falling asleep. But the dreams are
    • he is sleeping. This means that he is occupied solely with his own
    • developed by a sleeping person is carried over into the ordinary
    • experiencing the outer world, as he does in sleep. His sick organism
    • is just what it would be if he were sleeping next to him. He is
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • etheric body from the time we waken until we fall asleep, and in the
    • unevolved man were able to be active during sleep he could do a great
    • lives unconsciously within us from the time we fall asleep till we
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • when we sleep, but perception of it must always be aroused anew, it
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this means the man is asleep. Then no pictures of the world surround
    • wild beast had harmed him, the child was found sleeping peacefully.
    • described in respect of Buddha. Now think of falling asleep as a
    • he falls asleep, instead of the ordinary pictures of the world a
    • consciousness when falling asleep, he would in that case be
    • which he pours his Being when sleep overtakes him. But here also
    • there are hindrances. When we fall asleep a guardian of the threshold
    • into which we enter when we fall asleep. The danger consists in this,
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • acts according to instinct, who eats when he is hungry, sleeps when
    • he is sleepy, does this or that when moved by desire for one thing or
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now
    Matching lines:
    • Thou canst not reach her, for the dragon never sleeps in these days;
    • there is only a certain time in which he sleeps, and this is his
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep which we call hypnosis. Either this happens — I want to mention
    • in suitable way, while we say: you fall asleep now. — Thereby we can produce
    • this condition of hypnosis, a kind of sleep, in which the everyday waking consciousness
    • is extinguished. The human being who has been transported into hypnotic sleep
    • person who is in a condition similar to sleep. That works like a physical law
    • state. That means nothing else than: his mind sleeps. Now we understand why
    • state. We can get an image of this process, if we imagine that we bring a sleeping
    • person from one room into another and let him sleep there some time. Impressions
    • of the hypnotist as the sleeping person who was transported into another room
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • is extinguished where they behave towards the outside world completely as sleeping
    • feel, perceive in a kind of waking dream, in a kind of sleep which is, however,
    • a particular sleeping state that cannot be compared with the usual sleep to
    • one says that it is transported into a magnetic sleeping state.
    • during sleep, or also to certain symptoms and the like. This is the lowest kind
    • escape that already the most usual personal consciousness, if it is in the sleeping
    • do not perceive the ticking of the watch during sleep; you dream of a regiment
    • This sleeping dream consciousness is a symbolising one which could be lighted
    • in sleep. We know that it is a very frequent phenomenon that sleepers speak.
    • Such sleeping actions of somnambulistic
    • sleep such an elimination of the ego is to be noticed.
    • this ego is to be sought for; but if we have a sleeping person before ourselves:
    • everybody knows that during sleep the everyday ego, the ego of reality is eliminated,
    • Or do you believe if a bell sounds beside you, while you are sleeping, that
    • during the day also takes place in the sleeping human being. But what is missing?
    • the deepest, so-called magnetic sleeping states. The human being has gone through
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • as a state similar to sleep in which the human being is brought artificially
    • In this sleep-like state the human being shows different qualities he does not
    • show in the waking consciousness and also not in the usual sleep. You can sting
    • You can lay down a person if he is in a certain state of sleep and stretch his
    • them into hypnotic sleep, with a very small under-surface on two chairs and
    • has transported a person into such a sleep-like state can give him so-called
    • sleep! — Or: lower the eyelids! — Et cetera, the corresponding image
    • or the Rationae of Nervous Sleep, Considered in Relation with Animal Magnetism
    • Sleep in the Study of the Nature of Man) (1819)
    • du moral sur le physique (Sleep and its analogous states considered from
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • day's impressions before going to sleep, we are conscious that all day
    • whole intellect. When we go to sleep at night all our thought pictures
    • than one world. The human being goes to sleep without knowing that he
    • is in another world. But the fact that he is asleep and does not know
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • altogether, and we can then go to sleep. Thus this conceptual life, as
    • falling asleep, and disappears the moment we fall asleep. No one will
    • suppose that, when he is really sleeping — that is, if he is not
    • clairvoyant during sleep — his thought life can nevertheless
    • our falling asleep, must be extinguished, and only then can we go to
    • sleep.
    • to his falling asleep. That this is so is best seen when we surrender
    • ourselves to particularly vigorous concepts before falling asleep
    • been thinking really intensely, we most easily fall asleep; and so if
    • we cannot go to sleep, it is good to pick up a book, or occupy
    • asleep; but not something, on the other hand, in which we are deeply
    • emotions is something that hinders us from falling asleep. When we go
    • and toss in bed and are unable to fall asleep. In other words, whereas
    • asleep, precisely what strongly affects our feelings prevents us from
    • falling asleep. It is impossible then to bring about the separation
    • of sleep. We can thus see that our life of emotions has a different
    • of sleep. But, if we test the matter quite accurately, we shall
    • this proves that they do not accompany us into sleep. When emotions
    • keep us from sleeping, this proves that they do not release us, that
    • sleep. In other words, they are a soul element that remains united
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of man alternates between sleeping and waking; and, while the human
    • But occult science teaches us that when we sleep, everything is
    • means of his thoughts and these are asleep. Thus he does not observe
    • will awakes the moment thinking falls asleep. And the will slips into
    • woven out of will. Thus the thoughts are then asleep but the will is
    • sleep at night and is the cause of numerous illnesses, whose causes
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • we sleep well, provided that only the life of thought and not the life
    • intimately connected with our ego, and these rob us of our sleep
    • bliss before falling asleep. He is in the pleasant situation in which
  • Title: Novalis: Hymns to the Night
    Matching lines:
    • Endless is the duration of sleep. Holy Sleep — gladden
    • of the Night. Fools alone mistake thee, knowing nought of sleep
    • more scares away Night and Love — when sleep shall be
    • where, like fragrances, it mingles with love asleep.
    • That, fallen asleep, I
    • A gentle youth puts out his torch, to sleep
    • — into it the gods went back — and fell asleep, to
    • came the releasing hand of eternal love, and he fell asleep.
    • the Sleeper — delicately shaped from his dreams —
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • hypnotised, sleepwalkers and the like. In short, man would have
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Arupa state, until it vanishes in a sleeplike condition.
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of sleep.
    • This state of sleep,
    • however, is the very opposite of the state of sleep through
    • which we pass in ordinary life. In ordinary life we sleep
    • when we wake from sleep the Ego and astral body are not
    • the etheric body and physical body. Between sleeping and
    • condition of sleep. The dreams, too, which occur in
    • world — it is all there, and every minute of sleeping
    • not sleep, I lay and looked at the shadows cast by the
    • little, began to read a book. She seemed to be sleeping;
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • and she knew where she was. Her mother who was sleeping
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • because of the general sleepiness of the modern soul. Basically
    • careless, sleepy and as a result give over that which I have
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • really elucidates the sleeping character of the present-day
    • indifferently and sleepily passed by and taken note of in this
  • Title: Natural Science; the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • hand remain blind, sleepy towards what is happening in outer
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • body was completely sleeping. It was not only sleeping but it
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • one gives anybody who suffers from sleeplessness sleeping
    • pills. Sleeping pills remove sleeplessness for a certain time;
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • compensates one another by an 18-hour sleep again. He proved
    • sleeping car. Straight away, he recognises that there is
    • suitable way in the enterprise of the first sleeping car
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • too very much because the human being must sleep.
    • sleep than to tell yourselves: now you are awake and,
    • itself by sleep, but that he lets this apparatus of thinking
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • sleep” surrounded by hovering spiritual beings. We find
    • him lost in reverie, wrapped in sleep. Beings of the spiritual
    • consciousness, removed from the physical body, lost in sleep.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Introduction to the Third English Edition
    Matching lines:
    • will, which is usually asleep in daytime consciousness. Art — ‘even the
    • of the spheres is heard ‘in deep sleep’ by the initiate ‘as if they
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 1: The Experience of Major and Minor
    Matching lines:
    • within yourself With o there is a kind of going to sleep while
    • falling-asleep while still awake when we utter a or oo,
    • asleep when awake. When you are going out of yourself in o
    • into my spiritual being; just as when falling asleep I enter into my
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 2: Experience and Gesture; the Intervals
    Matching lines:
    • body, but not completely, as in sleep. This is a partial withdrawal
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • states of sleeping and waking. In the sleeping state it is represented
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • asleep, one must earnestly wish that they would at least be awake to
    • go to sleep whenever they can; they sleep when they might be won
    • contemporaries because in a sleeping condition they are absorbing
    • is something that mankind should not sleep through. People should
    • not allow the world to be Wilsonised because everyone is asleep. Let
  • Title: Preparing for a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • going to sleep. If we are honest about it, we will have to say
    • leave out the experiences of sleep that remain in the
    • activity during sleep, though unconscious, is not uneventful.
    • operate during sleep continue while we are awake — though
    • we might say they live a life of sleep, for they operate in our
    • of sleep. And they operate in a large portion of our feeling
    • observation, we find that what operates in us while we sleep
    • while we sleep. Only when our consciousness has developed
    • we are asleep. If we consider the whole human being, we can say
    • asleep. We think; that is, the physical and life bodies are
    • caught up in continual thought activity while we are asleep,
    • we are asleep we not only continue to think, but we think far
    • more cleverly while asleep and absent than when awake and
    • written assignment. So he lay down to sleep very dissatisfied,
    • going to sleep and waking up takes place in a completely
    • between falling asleep and waking up. The experience stays
    • the same state we arrived at before going to sleep. Instead, we
    • awaken in the state that our sleep life has put us into.
    • go through unconsciously every night during sleep. This content
    • nothing during our sleep life, then three or four days after
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • states of waking and sleeping in human beings. I have repeatedly
    • spoken in public lectures of how this problem of sleep has occupied
    • life, and that the sleeping state somehow eliminates these exhaustion
    • In the case of the alternation between sleeping
    • of waking and sleeping, to concern ourselves with questions of the difference
    • waking and the sleeping states.
    • the contrasting aspect of the sleeping state, its essential characteristic,
    • on the subject of sleeping and waking were all that could be said about
    • effort is more often seen to fall asleep at lectures than someone who
    • wrong if tiredness were the real cause of sleep. What we have to consider
    • For his falling asleep is self-enjoyment.
    • that sleeping consciousness is still at the stage that prevailed in
    • Now our sleeping man at the lecture is not
    • that sleep takes over, not as a result of inner weariness but because
    • matter if one studies the alternation between sleeping and waking with
    • The opposite is true of the sleeping state.
    • outside it. Since we have left our bodies during sleep, we actually
    • between sleeping and waking to another cause, and say that we live in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 3: Necessity and Chance in Historical Events
    Matching lines:
    • of sleeping and waking. But we recognize that waking consciousness too
    • It is basically true that from the moment we awaken until we fall asleep
    • and ideas. Sleeping consciousness, which has remained at the level of
    • Consider the fact that sleeping consciousness doesn't involve remembering
    • anything. If you were to sleep continuously, you wouldn't need to remember
    • consciousness of sleep we remember nothing of the past. It is certainly
    • clear that memory plays no special part in sleep. In the case of ordinary
    • in sleep.
    • “Subconsciousness looking into ourselves” = sleep
    • memory is still a very sleepy attribute of human consciousness. When
    • the “half-asleep” status of the mere mental images with
    • how a true concept differs from the sleepy holding onto a mental image.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • in addition to sleeping and waking. Remembering is still in its infancy;
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • they sank into a kind of sleep-state as a result of the concepts being
    • woman was actually found collapsed in sleep outside the hall, so powerful
    • to clearly defined concepts, and therefore fall asleep, and who are always
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking and related matters. I spoke of how the whole nature
    • alternating states of sleeping and waking. We tried to understand how
    • differently consciousness functions in the waking and the sleeping states.
    • likened to that of whales, a going-to-sleep and reawakening, dependent
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • making use of our etheric bodies, except when we are sleeping, but we
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body only. When we go to sleep we are no longer thus enclosed,
    • into earthly matter. This is of significance. All the time we are asleep,
    • It dominates us from the moment of falling asleep to our awakening;
    • sleep now falls away, and something else takes its place. Its place
    • in alternating periods of sleep and waking dependent on the sun,
  • Title: Chance, Necessity and Providence: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • Consciousness in sleeping and waking
    • Waking, sleeping, and memory. The etheric body and our
  • Title: Chance, Necessity and Providence: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • Consciousness in sleeping and waking
    • Waking, sleeping, and memory. The etheric body and our
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • happens, otherwise, in sleep naturally. In sleep our senses
    • immediately stops after falling asleep: all intentions must
    • you awake from sleep what is, however, again endlessly more
    • nervous system that sleep, however, repairs. However, if you
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • first childhood. The human being sleeps or dreams, so to speak,
    • dreamlike, however, is in a large part a sleeping
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • sleep and is inside during the waking state: We called this
    • it leaves the physical body in sleep becomes unaware. It has no
    • life during sleep, then this soul settles in that what lights
    • remains unknown to the human being if he returns in sleep into
    • if he were conscious during sleep, this appears, stimulated by
    • is every night if he sleeps but unconsciously. The spiritual
    • that world in which the human being is unaware during sleep.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • moment can appear also in sleep. Then one feels it suddenly, or
    • consciousness is accustomed to it, namely with sleep. One
    • learns to recognise the nature of sleep. One recognises that
    • physical body every time with falling asleep as the hydrogen
    • soul is not strong enough in sleep to maintain its
    • experience that he is from falling asleep up to awakening in
    • experience as one experiences in sleep, but only with the big
    • difference that one is unaware in the normal sleep, while the
    • asleep very soon if it has nothing to imagine from the outside.
    • that come from the outside world with you neither into sleep
    • the normal life, you fall asleep if you do not have
    • experience at first what sleep makes. This is a quite
    • significant experience to know how sleep makes it. Now you
    • sleep and experience how that what is behind sleep mends the
    • we get to know the activity of sleep. As spiritual researchers,
    • other side if the body sleeps if it lives within the brain and
    • activity that is used to mend the exhausted brain in sleep; you
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • opens himself to life without falling asleep without having to
    • call forth sleep as compensation, the memory tableau of the
    • maintain, before sleep overcomes him. You experience the former
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • being is in sleep, but consciously and not unconsciously. Many
    • and facts appears in which one is also in sleep, otherwise; but
    • Yes, one may say, when the human being falls asleep, the forces
    • effect on sleep and cause the health of sleep, at least partly.
    • allow the human beings to fall asleep this is at the same time
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • from day to day, then sleeping, then dreaming monads, then
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • beings, who spent the days easier without sleeping in the life
    • before death. As long one gets along without sleep in life, as
    • at all without sleep if it is necessary to wake longer with
    • without sleep. However, one does not need to exert in this
    • sleep, we do not do this, then there we also do not have our
    • With the regularity as sleeping and waking
    • sleeping, day and night alternate. From the forces that develop
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • forces are put in his sleeping consciousness in which he does
    • spirits speak in his sleep, like Ariel, and others. Therefore,
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • course of 24 hours, waking and sleeping. I have partly
    • suggest today that the human being has the sleep as a means of
    • immediate mood from sleep and can feel immediately
    • medical science; it is of the opinion that the healthy sleep is
    • a remedy. Since sleep unfolds such forces in the human being
    • sleep, healthy forces have an effect on the human being. One of
    • healthy sleep. I cannot speak, of course, in this talk how one
    • causes a healthy sleep. I explain on a separate occasion
    • what develops in sleep only what we have consumed. In sleep the
    • As sleep, during which the soul is also beyond the physical
    • the fact that sleep can compensate only what is used in the
    • say that sleep is a remedy in this respect that it can
    • also supply to him with the best sleep. One can compare what
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • it — that is, by lying horizontally or sleeping). This
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • child's times of sleeping and waking. This means that we have
    • to acquire an instinctive knowledge of how much sleep a child
    • that a child sleeps too much, relatively speaking. In this case
    • legs. If a child gets too much sleep, inwardly it will lose the
    • allowed to sleep too much.
    • sleep appropriate to its age. The inner being of such a child
    • sure that as young children they were not given enough sleep.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • would still be deeply asleep, or at least in a state of
    • sleeping-dreaming. (Here I am referring to the child's
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VIII:
    Matching lines:
    • ultimately those of sleeping and waking — also belongs to
    • the rhythmic system, insofar as digesting, and sleeping and
    • circulation, which in turn act on the rhythms of sleeping and
    • affinities to the digestive rhythms and those of sleeping and
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Further Reading
    Matching lines:
    • Sleep: An Unobserved Element in
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture I: The Nature of Color
    Matching lines:
    • in the open air. During their sleep they were not exposed to
    • sleeping men. From the heavens there streams out a calming
    • force, the inner feeling of well-being in sleep. The whole
    • inwardly quiet. Sleep proceeds from the darkness, but
    • body, for during sleep he experiences the whole heavens. It
    • s. In sleep, when we lie in bed,
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture II: Color and the Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • o sleep one can still not do it,
  • Title: Development of the child up to puberty
    Matching lines:
    • place between falling asleep and waking, something happens
    • child sleeps in a certain way which is different to the one he
    • his seventh year is in a state of sleep — a state in
    • asleep and waking — unable to transmit the same forces
    • of sleep. It sends very few sharply defined concepts and even
    • enter our sleep condition, understanding realities from there.
    • knowledge of spiritual reality out of its sleeping condition.
    • come to the fore and can influence sleep life. These sharply
    • spiritual realities as we live between falling asleep and
    • realities amidst the condition of sleeping and waking, and then
    • we can evaluate the difference between a child's sleep before
    • his seventh year and its sleep after turning seven. We can see
    • asleep and waking up.
    • regarding the conditions between falling asleep and waking is
    • falling asleep. For this state I have just made indications. In
    • the condition between falling asleep and waking, something
    • body from the physical body during sleep. The child namely
    • bodies even during asleep. From this time the I lights up as an
    • we are during sleep
    • we are asleep in our will even during the day, what becomes
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture I: The Threefoldness of Space and the Unity of Time
    Matching lines:
    • on things and are not entirely asleep come to realise that the depth-dimension
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture II: Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • a sort of sleep-life up to the age of 28, then begin somewhat to comprehend
    • a sleeping plant-life and in the second half would look back and understand
    • what took place during this sleep. There are forces and powers which
    • Before that we should go about on earth drunken with sleep.
    • cliff: a knight on horseback, or other figures in the mountains, sleeping
    • line. One can sleep with what simply looks at the world. If one looks
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture III: Romanism and Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • obese, materialistic in his lower nature, one makes him heavy and sleepy.
    • thoroughly awake and not sleeping.
  • Title: Spiritual/Physical: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • life of man between sleeping and waking. We speak of this rightly when
    • sleep. This is a sufficient answer for the immediate demand for
    • outside the physical body during sleep, but only partially they are
    • outside the blood and nerve-systems. When we all asleep the sun of our
    • are sleeping into those organs not connected with the blood and nerves.
    • ensouled by our Ego and astral body; and in the other when we sleep, in
    • functions connected with the blood and nerves. Actually during sleep we
    • his bodily organs when he is asleep. Thus we see the enormous
    • significance of sleep for healthy human life on earth. I will make this
    • is strengthened and revived by what our soul in its sleeping condition
    • blood and nerves when the human being sleeps, and shines into the other
    • that sleep is an important Healer, and that unhealthy sleep may be
    • the blood and nerve-systems during sleep and enter spiritual life, is a
    • the body during sleep, send into the bodily organs forces from the
    • ideas into sleep-life; thereby calling forth Ahrimanic forces which
    • best to apply the remedy of falling asleep with spiritual thoughts in
    • have to absorb these pictures that are around us and then fall asleep
    • during sleep become filled with this selfish fear, and that enables
    • help for others prevails, and we pass into the sleep life, not with
    • kind of spiritual life we take with us into sleep while here on earth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual/Physical: Synopsis
    Matching lines:
    • 1. Importance of spiritual thoughts on going to sleep. The spiritual
    • thoughts must be selfless. Danger of fear when going to sleep. Egoism.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 1: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • asleep. This spiritual nature only seems so empty of content to us because
    • sleeping ego and astral body when they are separated from the physical
    • human beings in the time between their falling asleep and waking; He
    • unless he sinks in sleep into the realm where Jahve guides his soul
    • sleep must now in this modern age be sanctified by the human being himself
    • not through inspirations we receive from Jahve during sleep, but through
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 4: Contrasting Principles of Ancient and Modern Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • goes to sleep and the cloud goes out of him spatially. It was difficult
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 5: The Change in the Human Soul Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • will-life as in sleep. A man is as unconscious of what actually pulsates
    • in his will as he is of events during sleep; but just as he knows that
    • he has slept, in spite of knowing nothing about himself during sleep,
    • he sleeps through everything that he wills. If you have a white surface
    • do you see your waking periods, but the periods of sleep appear in the
    • nothing of yourself in sleep; but in a survey of your entire plane of
    • consciousness the intervals of sleep may be said to appear as black
    • than he does of his sleep. Man is conscious of his life of conceptions,
    • as he experiences the sleep periods.
    • Man was not so sound asleep with regard to his will; the instinctive
    • sleep-condition punctuating our conscious life.
    • that enter the consciousness only as sleep does at night. It reckons
    • turn away from knowledge and toward faith will feel something of sleep
    • from those regions where sleep also originates. Therefore, what I have
    • asleep? The underlying cause is this, that in the historical evolution
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 7: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • With the help of spiritual science we should stop sleeping in regard
    • show you that people are fast asleep. Compare modern life with the life
    • ideas of spiritual science? One can, of course, sleep; but even if one
    • the way people speak who are asleep when they observe world events!
    • materialists, who are not sincere; they are sleeping, because then they
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 8: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • we can lay ourselves down to go pleasantly to sleep. That is the paradise
    • a really good sleep once they have passed through the gate of death.
    • They love to imagine this because sleeping is, after all, very comfortable.
    • we must not deceive ourselves by trying to sleep through this view into
    • It is comforting, is it not? — something that can lull us to sleep.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 3: Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • — not in deep sleep! — we realize how we need to conceive
  • Title: Human History: Lecture II: Death and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • the wake state to sleep and again from sleep to the wake state.
    • life stops with falling asleep and comes again into being with
    • sleep, it must be somewhere to put it another way. The big
    • being falls asleep? We see also other processes stopping, we
    • asleep in the evening, and is kindled in the morning when he
    • with falling asleep and visits us with awakening again. If this
    • is in such a way that while falling asleep not only a process
    • leaves the body in the evening while falling asleep and visits
    • understand the sleeping human being from the standpoint of
    • the reality of that what leaves the body in sleep, and what
    • listen to these important moments like falling asleep and
    • nebulous, into blurred forms. Then the falling asleep feels, as
    • to the moment of falling asleep. The consciousness has
    • asleep completely consciously. The consciousness is kept. Since
    • why does the consciousness dwindle while falling asleep?
    • steps out while falling asleep. Any spiritual development is
    • human being falls asleep consciously, that means he experiences
    • physical corporeality. As he frees himself, otherwise, in sleep
    • unconsciously from it, and as every human being is in sleep
    • reality what is in sleep beyond the physical body. How does one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VIII: The Origin of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • just as little as today, for example, the sleeping human being
    • during the time from falling asleep up to awakening. While
    • today the spiritual-mental works more during sleep than during
    • tiredness during sleep, so increased in primeval times that it
    • remember, in the hazy like sleeping life of the child? It
  • Title: Human History: Lecture X: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • similar and, still, quite different from the sleeping
    • If we consider the sleeping state
    • spiritual-mental core is in the sleeping state of such low
    • sleeping state was caused by advanced human beings who had
    • time that it left behind its body in a sleeping state like
    • certain time. Thus, it spent a sleeping life consciously and
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XIV: The Self-Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • recognising, perceiving, he just falls asleep, then he is no
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 3: Emancipation of the Economic Process
    Matching lines:
    • The sleepiness of modern
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture I: Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • the sleep in the waking state with which the human being can
    • that you have lived in sleep together with the bodily
    • processes. These processes, which you experience in sleep and
    • then either in the usual sleep or in the sleep that always
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture II: Destiny and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • sleep.
    • from falling asleep up to awakening. But his consciousness is
    • asleep and awakening. This is to him now no empty world but a
    • spiritual world between falling asleep and awakening. While he
    • time between falling asleep and awakening. In this unaware
    • falling asleep and awakening is reflected in the physical body
    • and the body of formative forces. In the weak sleep, at the
    • his sleep. From this viewpoint, one gets now to a quite
    • life and of sleep. Thus, the human being is a non-knowing one
    • inner consciousness appears in the soul in sleep, in the dream,
    • meaning of dreaming and sleep for the usual life, but can also
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture III: Immortality, the Forces of Destiny, and the Course of Life
    Matching lines:
    • world. Most different persons can sleep in a room, and
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture IV: Human Soul and Human Body Considered Scientifically and Spiritual-Scientifically
    Matching lines:
    • conviction that sleep is a good remedy. If this mental picture
    • knowledge saying, I know that a healthy sleep is good. When he
    • notice that the old man is sleeping perpetually? Alternatively,
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VI: Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • that, for example, the human being dreams not only in sleep,
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VII: The Beyond of the Senses and the Beyond of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • while sleeping. The visions become conscious up to a certain
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Contents
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture I: The Nature of Spiritual Science and Its Significance for the Present
    Matching lines:
    • existence, the relation of life and death, of sleeping and
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture V: The Nature of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • Nature of Sleep
    • being should still feel that the sleep is something that
    • felt this mysterious and the important of the sleep when one
    • spoke of the sleep as “the brother of death.” We
    • have now to restrict ourselves at the discussion of the sleep
    • were in an uncertain darkness if the human being falls asleep.
    • are extinguished during the sleeping state, they are away. For
    • bodily activities continue during sleep. Only the mental stops.
    • extinguished with falling asleep. Alternatively, whether
    • is also active and effective when it is enveloped by the sleep.
    • nature of sleep, we speak only of the sleep of the human being.
    • speak still about the sleep of the animals. Therefore, we want
    • to say in advance that I speak about the sleep of the human
    • no matter whether the human being wakes or sleeps. However, in
    • sleeping state, because it is not reflected in his
    • in sleep. We try now, after we have obtained these concepts, to
    • imagine the phenomenon of the awake life and sleep.
    • falling asleep takes place really. He can perceive the mental
    • self-conscious ego. At the moment of falling asleep, we feel
    • at the moment of falling asleep something makes itself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VII: How Does One Attain Knowledge of the Spiritual World?
    Matching lines:
    • only if he sleeps; then he lets nothing in his soul through his
    • human life if we become unconscious in sleep. The talk about
    • The Nature of Sleep has shown how the human being is
    • morning anew; no, it outlives the states of falling asleep to
    • absent in the sleep, even if no stimulation of the
    • resources in sleep.
    • such a way, as the human being is usually in the sleep. That
    • of inner energy, a getting out of forces, which sleep,
    • train it in such a way that it wakes up where it sleeps,
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XIV: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping that that what one beheld this way in the spiritual
    • concerning our consciousness from waking to sleeping. In the
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture I: Haeckel, the Riddles of the World and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • concluded then as follows: with the sleeping human being who is
    • before ourselves. With regard to this sleeping body, we do not
    • the sleeping human being. However, no naturalist can understand
    • the awake human being. In the sleeping human being that does
    • human being, when he falls asleep in the evening and wakes in
    • in the sleeping human being. However, while the naturalist
    • human being sleeps cannot be an object of this research.
    • longer perceive with the sleeping human being. One cannot state
    • senses sleep. However, if the human being applies the methods
    • which does not die down even in the deepest sleep. This
    • should he absorb anything new in sleep? The internal human
    • sleep remembers, and this memory ascends in more or less
    • muddled pictures during sleep. If you want further information
    • fact that only the sleeping human being can be an object of the
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture II: Our International Situation. War, Peace and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • human beings are dreaming and sleeping. However, who knows what
    • sleeping if they ascend to worlds that the western people do
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture III: Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Soul and Spirit of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • mental. If this body sleeps, the mental is not in it at first,
    • him a theosophist — speaks about the sleep, when the soul
    • is not in the body, in a peculiar way. He says, “Sleep is
    • food, digests it, the body digests in the sleeping state what
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VI: The Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • dream sleep than it existed with the Atlantean. Completely
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VII: The Core of Wisdom in the Religions
    Matching lines:
    • revived the sleeping words out of the things. The human being
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • You fall asleep in the evening, but you wake in the morning not
    • astral body sleeps, and the rhythms of the physical body and
    • state is the dreamless sleep. There the human being has no
    • sleep unconsciously. He experiences the supersensible world
    • during the time when he sleeps otherwise.
    • What does sleep consist of, otherwise? The physical body lies
    • astral body, strolling during sleep, by the rules which
    • spiritual science gives, he starts realising during sleep. The
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture X: Christmas as Symbol of the Sun's Victory
    Matching lines:
    • decease, better said of the natural forces falling asleep up to
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XI: The Christian Teachings of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • experience the unconscious state during sleep in the spiritual
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XII: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • morning to night. Then you go to bed, sleep the whole night
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XV: Germanic and Indian Secret Doctrines
    Matching lines:
    • become symbolic. Laistner distinguishes sleeping in a room and
    • sleeping on free field. As well as the human being can dream
    • the consciousness away from the day view; I must sleep, then I
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVII: Siegfried and the Twilight of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • if he leaves himself to sleep.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIX: The Easter Festival
    Matching lines:
    • One said, he falls asleep at the time of the year when we
    • mental-spiritual in future that lives still like sleeping in
    • sleeps in me and in all the others. — Now, the human
    • astral light is dead in the human being; it sleeps. However,
    • sleep of Vishnu begins around Christmastide when the astral
    • vision fell asleep and the physical light awoke. If the human
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • begins, what does this soul do during sleep? — The soul
    • the day, but the human soul works during sleep on the recovery
    • sleep, it fixes everything again.
    • you use the forces of sleep different, you must compensate it.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXI: Paracelsus
    Matching lines:
    • Paracelsus argues about dream and sleep is in the most eminent
    • expresses it in his superb language. If the human being sleeps,
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • recognises such connections is lacking very often in the sleeping
  • Title: Spiritual-Scientific Consideration: Lecture 2: Esoteric Prelude to an Exoteric Consideration of the Social Question I
    Matching lines:
    • the earth is living, it sleeps and wakes like man. But
    • ask a man: When is the earth awake and when is it asleep?
    • and asleep in winter. And that is the opposite of what is
    • actually the truth. The truth is, the earth is asleep in
    • no longer dreaming, then he is fast asleep. Therefore for
    • we dream in mysticism and sleep in science the necessity
  • Title: Spiritual-Scientific Consideration: Lecture 3: Esoteric Prelude to an Exoteric Consideration of the Social Question II
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise they will sleep right through, or at least
    • dreaming, as in mysticism, but sleeping — sleeping
    • nature; and that he is doomed to sleep when he believes
    • sleeping, in science.
    • merely sleep in wisdom. We realize from what still
    • sleeps within us — by our own power to call
    • that goes on outside of that is only a dream or sleep.
    • the product of his breath in our waking and sleeping
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture IV: Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The plant resembles the sleeping human being. It has physical
    • body and etheric body as the sleeping human being has physical
    • desire and pain has been cut off in the sleeping state. The
    • plant has a consciousness that we know as sleep
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XII: Sun, Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • multi-membered being. If he sleeps, only his physical and
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIII: Outset and End of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • and sleeping, that a part of the human members separates from
    • the other part in sleep. We see every night when the human
    • being falls asleep sinking down in dreamless sleep, in an
    • folly if one wanted to assert that with falling asleep the
    • sleep in his bed — only the physical body lies there connected
    • lifted out from the human being in the dreamless sleep. Joy and
    • bearer, and this is lifted out in the dreamless sleep from the
    • lifted out at night in the dreamless sleep from the physical
    • human being is in the dreamless sleep in a spiritual world
    • sleeping human being, we have the physical body in the bed that
    • falling asleep, and other do not appear in the world for which
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIV: The Hell
    Matching lines:
    • the alternating states of sleeping and waking, and the
    • sleep certain members of his being separate from the real human
    • such a sleeping human being in the sense of the spiritual
    • ideals. All that sinks in an uncertain darkness with sleep.
    • lifted out during the dreamless sleep from the physical and
    • waking and sleeping.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • now urgent, burning social question. Everyone who does not sleep through
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • us that many who have long been sleeping deeply should awake where social
    • from the deep sleep of present-day humanity. Nothing can help here save
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the decadent and their desire to sleep in rooms scented with hothouse
  • Title: The Karma of the Individual and the Collective Life of Our Time, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • which was like a quenching, a kind of partial sleep of the
    • which had burned in his soul could sleep partially and take a
    • sleep is not a direct result of the life of the previous day,
    • so too, this sleeping life of Goethe was not an effect of what
    • question is asked: Why does a person go to sleep? it is very
    • nay, even a sleeping truth, for it is nonsense. Otherwise we
    • — doze off to sleep after a heavy meal when they are to
    • that we sleep because we are tired, for waking and sleeping are
    • a rhythmic life-process. When the period of sleep, the
    • necessity for sleep approaches, we then grow tired. We are
    • tired because we ought to sleep, we do not sleep because we are
    • Think to what a great Order the rhythm of waking and sleeping
    • science to wish to explain sleep as resulting from the fatigue
    • of the day; but the rhythm of sleeping and waking must be
    • condition in which he goes to sleep at night; but that is only
    • so. We never waken exactly as we went to sleep; we are really a
    • waking and sleeping in man betrays an inner impulse. In a life
  • Title: The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    • sleeping and waking. In waking life, we say, the Ego and astral
    • body are inside the physical body and the etheric, in sleep
    • general, it is so: sleeping and waking represent a kind of
    • man are outside the physical and etheric body during sleep. In
    • and etheric head of man, the Ego and astral body in sleep are
    • organisation. During sleep—when the Ego and astral body
    • remaining organism during sleep. In a certain sense we may
    • peculiarly vivid relationship in sleep between our
    • they are loosened. In sleep they are more intimate. Moreover,
    • column are more intimate in sleep than in our day-waking life.
    • Thus we may say: during our sleep the most intimate
    • sympathetic nervous system. In sleep, with our Ego we live more
    • between sleeping and waking. It will not appear altogether
    • inside the spinal system during sleep, man with respect to his
    • sympathetic and his spinal nervous system is awake in his sleep
    • and asleep in his waking life.
    • said to be unfolded during our sleep? Well, you must bear in
    • sleep, while it can well bring to consciousness what it
    • of the vivid life which is unfolded in our sleep, the organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insertion of Early Human Destiny into Extraterrestial Relationships
    Matching lines:
    • things that surround us. In summer the Earth is asleep.
    • so sleepily, without giving a thought to what is connected so
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • causes the soul to be asleep to what really takes place. Spiritual
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in sleeping cars and in grand hotels by the sea. And there were the
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • is attached to remaining fully conscious — apart from sleep. When
    • of events allows us to sleep through things of greatest importance.
    • for sleep is in our time considerable and naturally ahrimanic and luciferic
    • be inappropriately asleep. What surges and pulsates through life comes
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • fall asleep they free themselves from the physical and etheric bodies.
    • time we awake from sleep we enter, with our ‘I’ and astral
    • every night into sleep. We attain our best forces, also in regard to
    • intellectual development, during sleep. It is because the physical and
    • from the spiritual world during sleep and bestows upon them on waking.
    • sleep, but during the day, while awake, we are still unconscious as
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • impressions of the outer world, and then you fell asleep and
    • woke up in the middle of your sleep. It was as if you lived in
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the human being, and during sleep the astral body and
    • sense perception during sleep, because the ego-organization is
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • moments when they pass over from sleeping to waking
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • he is in a sleeping condition the astral body and ego are
    • during sleep, and only retains a general feeling about this on
    • awaking, or he sees things in dreams, which emerge from sleep
    • during sleep would only be perceived in the way that the
    • sleeping condition is perceived by someone when he is waking
    • aura during sleep, it means that all those who had taken in
    • human etheric body between the times of going to sleep and
    • body to the content of the Apocalypse during their sleeping
    • sentiments one can bring about such a condition of sleep that
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • dreams while we're asleep. The only difference between dreams
    • waking state and the other is its content during sleep. What we
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • days — after there had been a very deep state of sleep
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 11: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • drawn from memory. At the left, at the sleeping St. Zedonius; he wears the
    • sleeping. He still wears the glove. Everything was “according to
    • sleeping forms below. There already is the attempt to bring to expression
    • the nature of sleeping. Compare that with what you can remember of the
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 12: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • to be as sleepy as in our time. In this fifth post-Atlantian time, with
    • present sleepily, but to grasp the living impulses in the evolution with
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 13: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • might think. Picture to yourself a man falling asleep. His soul —
    • the sleeping body is now ensouled by Universal Soul, is taken possession
    • asleep.
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Summaries
    Matching lines:
    • state between waking consciousness and sleep. When man
    • sleeps today, forces from the whole solar system are
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that is ours to-day and what we call the sleeping state.
    • physical world of the senses; in the sleeping state
    • investigate clairvoyantly man's life during sleep you
    • is asleep his astral body and Ego are outside his
    • that astral body and Ego during sleep are like a misty
    • during sleep. If anyone were to regard this cloudlike
    • truth is that during sleep man is a being of vast
    • magnitude. At the moment of going to sleep, the inner
    • sleep, and on waking he contracts into the narrower
    • from them. During sleep at night, then, man actually
    • that permeates the astral body during sleep when it is
    • the spheres vibrate through the human being during sleep
    • during sleep, but he is entirely unaware of this inner
    • waking life and sleep, states which can be induced to-day
    • states between waking and sleeping, enabled man to be
    • and sleeping his whole being was outpoured in a spiritual
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • apparent. But during sleep he is quite clearly twofold:
    • members; during sleep he leaves the latter to themselves.
    • But in reality, the moment he goes to sleep, forces and
    • bodies that re-main in the bed during sleep constitute
    • of one who is asleep. The truth is that when, during
    • sleep, man passes out of the physical and etheric bodies,
    • pertaining to the Cosmos. The mystery of our sleep is
    • We emerge from sleep strengthened and vitalized by
    • moment of going to sleep does not become unconscious but
    • goes to sleep, his being flows out into conditions
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • man's life alternates between waking and sleeping. As
    • a man goes to sleep he emerges in his astral body and Ego
    • sleep until waking, his being is in very truth spread
    • sleep, when his astral body and Ego pass out of his
    • physical and etheric bodies. During sleep man is in the
    • the world into which he passes during sleep, the
    • actually passes during sleep at night, but of which he
    • waking from sleep he sinks down again into the physical
    • protected by the sleeping state from penetrating
    • that takes place during ordinary sleep. And the
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • experience of waking from sleep in such a way that on
    • in the different state of existence during sleep, when
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • states of consciousness between waking life and sleep,
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, when his Ego perceives and is aware of the objects
    • the so-called ‘temple sleep’, or in something
    • being goes to sleep; his astral body and Ego, withdrawn
    • with the state of sleep; it was present in Him when He
    • was not sleeping but was awake in his physical body and
    • his physical and etheric bodies during sleep. The forces
    • compared with those of waking life and sleep. The magical
    • was actually near them, but also during sleep when they
    • happened to them while they were sleeping? Because they
    • times during sleep. They did not, however, see what was
    • epoch of civilization. And in the state of sleep the
    • state during sleep we are made aware, through the forces
    • disciples were sleeping, they saw, walking on the sea, a
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise stream into man unconsciously during sleep,
    • possible. While a man is asleep his physical and etheric
    • forces to the sleeping man and illumines him. This is
  • Title: Gospel/Matthew (1965): Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • which we pass during sleep. Both these members of human
    • When, during sleep, we have passed out of them, when they
    • body is during sleep. As in our own case the outer forces
    • pass out with us when we sleep, so did they at the
  • Title: Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • those conditions which are our sleeping-conditions. If, when we
    • withdraw into the element of sleep, we could suddenly wake up
    • asleep within it, there again the Jehovah Nature rules. In the
    • sphere let us say in sleep, then the Luciferic beings make
  • Title: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • dreamless sleep.
    • in feeling man dreams, in will he sleeps. But this sleeping
    • will ("sleeping" for the ordinary consciousness), is just what
    • thoughts. When man goes to sleep then his astral body and his
    • ego which really sleep in what streams from the earth as metal
    • and the ego sleep in both, those cases. And so what exists in
    • when we sleep at night. Now if you can make the attempt to come
    • even while awake, really sleeps in a very delicate way. Of
    • course, when he really sleeps at night he is outside his
    • exist by themselves. But there also exists such a gentle sleep
    • eyes, etc., this can occur, because a gentle sleep is taking
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 2, Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • between sleeping and waking. The difference consists in this: when
    • In sleep it is otherwise. Sleep begins and
    • in the head. So that in sleep the whole human being — the
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 2, Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • answer. Often you will have to sleep on it, perhaps for several days,
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 2, Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • add the sleeping state to human existence for nothing. From falling
    • asleep to waking up a very great deal happens to the human being.
    • earthly existence is actually achieved during the sleep
    • sleep state. We should not lose sight of the fact that modern
    • events that occur when the human being is asleep. Of course, these
    • only draw attention to these sleep state events. However, every human
    • while he sleeps.
    • that plays into the sleeping state of the human being. As you know,
    • when a person falls asleep we characterize what happens externally by
    • bodies as they did in the state between waking and falling asleep.
    • When we look at what happens with human beings in the sleeping state
    • being in his sleeping state. The point here is this: Just as we see
    • state, so too, when we enter the sleeping state, we enter into a
    • stars. From our falling asleep until our waking the sky full of stars
    • various spheres through which we pass between falling asleep and
    • and the human astral body — that is, the human soul when asleep
    • liver, our brain. Likewise when we enter the sleep state we must say
    • falling asleep — which is also the sphere we are again in
    • with every human being. We can say that, when falling asleep, every
    • experience after falling asleep.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Illusory Illness: Lecture I: Illusory Illness
    Matching lines:
    • self-consciousness. In the sleeping human being we have a state
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture III: Thomism in the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • fact that I think? All sleep proves the contrary. We know every
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Comment V: The Application of Intelligence to the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • Christ as he fell asleep on the Cross. (S. Theol.
    • bodily disturbance, as is seen in drunkenness or sleep. Now
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Lecture I: Cosmic Aspect of Life Between Death and New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • sleep. Every night we really expand over the stellar spaces.
    • sleep. In the outer spheres, in the spheres beyond the sun, the
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Lecture II: Establishment of Mutual Relations Between the Living and the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • body and from the time of awaking to the time of going to sleep
    • intermediate states between sleeping and waking, in which souls
  • Title: Olaf Oesteson: The Awakening of the Earth Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • A deep sleep fell upon him soon,
    • Long, long did he sleep!
    • Which during this long sleep
    • A deep sleep soon enveloped me;
    • Long didst thou sleep indeed ...
    • was asleep for thirteen days, beginning from Christmas
    • sleeping of the elementary and higher spirits connected
    • sort of falling asleep of the earth; and when outer
    • Christmas time outer nature is as though asleep, it is
    • of the earth and winter to its going to sleep. Seen
    • awake in winter and asleep in summer. Just as in the
    • active during sleep, as these forces then work even into
    • St. John's Day, the Spirit of the earth is asleep. In
    • sleeps outwardly like Olaf Oesteson — best at
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture I: The Human Soul in the Supersensible Realm and Its Relationship to the Body
    Matching lines:
    • being sleeps and rests who is not perceived due to the
    • conditions of the usual life because he sleeps quieter in the
    • in the usual human being: they could not conceive this sleeping
    • being sleeping in the first is associated intimately with
    • that never leaves us and always continues in sleep and in the
    • organism, an unaware life, a sleeping life; it is outbalanced
    • sleeping life, is outbalanced in the breaks of the waking by
    • sleeping in the sense-perceptible human being. However, these
    • something sleeping in the normally waking human being. From it,
    • sounding sleeping human being, this does — if it appears
    • mental pictures which rest sleeping below in our consciousness
    • sleeping in you. This thinking does not lead into the spiritual
    • human being who sleeps there in the usual human being, while we
    • human being that we perceive with the sleeping organism.
    • must balance out them in sleep. Only then, one understands the
    • second human being whom one only oversleeps, otherwise, but is
    • sleeping human being. The opposite is the case! Today the human
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture II: Anthroposophy Does not Disturb Any Religious Confession
    Matching lines:
    • being awakes from sleep where he has only a quite vague
    • makes preparations so that the sleep is healthy, the entry into
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IV: The Science of the Supersensible and the Moral-Social Ideas
    Matching lines:
    • cognition that this sleep-dream life flows into the whole life
    • could give a comparative psychology of the sleep of plants, of
    • else to the spiritual researcher, the sleep, the dream life of
    • sleep and the wake consciousness alternating in such a way as
    • we experience the sleep as human beings. It is a trivial view
    • that the human being must sleep because he is tired. However,
    • concert and who is most certainly not tired, but falls asleep
    • that will understand sleep who understands it as an internal
    • conditions of sleeping, dreaming, and waking takes place
    • normally believes to understand this sleeping and dreaming
    • of dream or sleep. Only if one can envisage the everlasting
    • life if he falls asleep and dreams — that then in him
    • its own as in sleep, that appears in this everlasting which
    • of dreaming, of sleeping does not stop if we awake; these
    • our soul, a continual dream life and sleep life penetrating the
    • Similarly, the sleep in the wake consciousness forms the basis
    • consciousness oversleeps that which happens in the will.
    • consciousness, we oversleep the real process of willing. In
    • Intuitive knowledge it fetches what one oversleeps otherwise,
    • and sleep also penetrate the wake day life — that
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture V: The Activities of the Human Soul Forces and Their Connection with Man's Eternal Being
    Matching lines:
    • in the deep, dreamless sleep. As weird and paradoxical as it
    • sounds, the human being oversleeps the everlasting in his soul
    • in his usual sensory life and will. Sleep extends far into the
    • event. The soul oversleeps its own activity as regards the past
    • darkness that the human being oversleeps it if he has not
    • the deep sleep what does not develop with the help of the
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VI: Spiritual-Scientific Results about the Ideas of Immortality and the Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep and dream, in which chaotic pictures surge up and
    • scientific images of sleeping and dreaming. It would be very
    • sleep. I have to bring this to your attention.
    • Today one is also convinced as a scientist that sleep
    • and then sleep has to come. Everybody can convince himself of
    • concert or a talk and falls asleep after few minutes that he
    • does not at all fall asleep because of tiredness, but because
    • tiredness originates more likely by sleep than sleep by
    • tiredness. Sleeping and waking are a rhythm of life; they must
    • other side, the sleep with the dreams, and on the other side to
    • note that sleep and dream extend more in the human life than
    • how spiritual science has to envisage the problem of sleep, of
    • everlasting essence — he recognises what is real in sleep
    • of waking and sleeping.
    • and death, that one could never sleep: then one would never
    • consciousness between falling asleep and awakening that
    • sleeping and waking.
    • while we are awake and, above all, we keep on sleeping while we
    • than the vague sleeping consciousness is. Just, therefore,
    • the deep dreamless sleep. Since the will life is not only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VII: The Nature of the Human Soul and the Nature of the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • Actually, sleep would already disprove the proposition I think,
    • therefore I am. Since in sleep we do not think in the sense of
    • life at one moment. The human being goes from sleep to the wake
    • thoughts from falling asleep until awakening as your day life
    • falling asleep until awakening because you forget that which
    • you have experienced in sleep at the moment of awakening.
    • experienced in sleep. However, the body is the only tool of
    • that one lives, indeed, during sleep in a spiritual world which
    • we rub our eyes in the morning from sleep, but we are awaking
    • soul which we have experienced from falling asleep until
    • grasped to be very similar to the moment of falling asleep. Now
    • you learn also to recognise the secret of falling asleep, this
    • falling asleep that is started and not finished.
    • the spiritual-mental that you experience from falling asleep
    • moment of falling asleep occurs.
    • psychology: to find the coherence of will and falling asleep,
    • asleep, as we have found the coherence of forming of mental
    • you learn to recognise how falling asleep is intimately related
    • in research between falling asleep and willing the internal
    • pursue the line of falling asleep up to the will. You find the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VIII: How Natural Sciences Justify the Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • that in a way exceed the quiet sleeping life, and express
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IX: How Does One Justify the Anthroposophical Psychology?
    Matching lines:
    • rhythmical change of waking and sleeping what you could not do
    • wake in such a way that you know clearly: from falling asleep
    • until falling asleep by the bodily experiences. The human being
    • lives from falling asleep until awakening in the spiritual
    • lived in the spiritual from falling asleep until awakening if
    • falling asleep until awakening, but we forget because we were
    • cannot grasp the mental pictures of sleep in the usual
    • falling asleep with the developed abilities of the
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • priests: sleep happens between the two. What does this mean,
    • sleep? Present day science has the peculiarity that the most
    • inwardly. What is said about sleep is that it is an illusion.
    • During sleep the soul-spiritual part of the human being, the
    • and etheric part. Between falling asleep and waking up the physical
    • his sleep, thus the human being descends as a physical being
    • experienced during sleep.
    • While the human being has sunk down (during sleep) to a level
    • sleeps every night. The Act of Consecration of Man is as
    • important as sleep. If you occupy yourself every day with the
    • of sleep-life. The evangelical attitude knows nothing about
    • to remain on the level of nightly sleep-life. This lifting out
    • of people from their nightly life of sleep, this conscious
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • sleep”; the etheric is in there because it comes from the
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • becomes something like a cosmic sleep for us during our earth
    • sleep, so that we could say: the human-being is so profound, so
    • as a physical body it expires into a cosmic sleep — then
    • its depths, permeates us out of its depths with earthly sleep,
    • while out of the depths of earthly sleep the archetypal divine
    • speaks from this diamond hard heart the condition of sleep of
    • unfolds its bud upwards. Every sleeping rosebud you empathise
    • earth how you are a sleeping being. You can feel, when you
    • sleep and become a dreaming being. Yet you can also feel how
  • Title: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    • Understanding Sleep through Imagination, Inspiration, and Intuition.
    • The Experiences of Sleep
    • look only at the condition of ordinary sleep as it occurs every day
    • and that what happens during sleep is simply that the purely organic
    • dream and suggest how dreams appear to come out of the life of sleep
    • dream plays through the life of sleep the conclusion might be drawn
    • that the soul-nature does in some way or other persist during sleep.
    • between going to sleep and waking. I have already described this
    • me begin by picturing to you quite simply the condition of sleep as
    • going to sleep consciousness is filled with a content, on going to
    • sleep this content first of all grows dim, is then gradually
    • sleep and waking. If the soul has any experience of this condition,
    • at all in sleep. But now, with the advent of Imaginative Knowledge,
    • the condition of sleep begins to be lit up, the darkness begins to
    • sleep. And in Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge one can penetrate
    • this means look into sleep somewhat in the way we look into a
    • we can experience conditions of soul that resemble sleep inasmuch as
    • during sleep; only it is experienced, not unconsciously, but in full
    • sleep, the possibility is opened for us to behold what the soul of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • being because I think? Every night sleep proves the
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • is to be conceived of simply as a process of falling asleep and
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • III The Elemental World And The Heaven World. Waking Life, Sleep And
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture I: The New Form of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • is the condition in dreamless sleep. Sleep is a kind of higher
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture II: The Ninefold Constitution of Man
    Matching lines:
    • his waking consciousness, in sleep and in death. We shall have to
    • shall study the human being in sleep, in waking consciousness and in
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture III: The Elemental World and the Heaven World. Waking Life, Sleep and Death.
    Matching lines:
    • Waking Life, Sleep and Death.
    • THE ELEMENTAL WORLD AND THE HEAVEN WORLD. WAKING LIFE, SLEEP AND DEATH.
    • world, in the state of sleep and in so-called death. Everyone is
    • When the human being sinks into sleep, his astral body and ego,
    • sleeping human being clairvoyantly, physical body and etheric body lie
    • clairvoyance we can see how, when sleep begins, the astral body,
    • Dreaming is an intermediate condition between waking and sleeping.
    • Sleep that is filled with dreams is a condition where the astral body
    • The human being, while he is asleep, lives in his astral body outside
    • his physical and etheric bodies. The fact that he must sink into sleep
    • would very soon be spent by illness and exhaustion. During sleep the
    • We will now turn to death, the “brother” of sleep, and study
    • man who is dead and one who is only sleeping is that at death the
    • “gone to sleep” as we say if a hand, for instance, has gone
    • to sleep, the seer can perceive the etheric part of the hand
    • gone to sleep.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture V: Mans Communal Life Between Death and a New Birth. Birth into the Physical World.
    Matching lines:
    • after her winter repose; nature is awakened from deep sleep by the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VIII: Human Consciousness in the Seven Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • morning when you awake, to evening when you fall asleep. Let us be
    • do not know, since we are then asleep, is that of ordinary sleep. This
    • sleep-consciousness” was once the permanent state of all
    • human ancestor was in a continuous sleep.
    • it, they are beings who uninterruptedly sleep, and if they could speak
    • dream-filled sleep, though it is but a reminiscence of what on the
    • that man sleeps away today. Man will look deep, deep into the nature
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture IX: Planetary Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • add a further survey of man in sleep, in dream.
    • When man is asleep the seer beholds the astral body with the ego
    • in the sleeping man we have the physical, the etheric and the astral
    • But if you picture a state of sleep where no dream ever comes then you
    • a condition of sleep in order to come forth once more. So too was it
    • into the physical and etheric bodies, just as today in sleep when your
    • Spirits. Man at that time was at the stage of sleep-consciousness, the
    • Then the Sun passed into a sleep-condition and was transformed into
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture X: Planetary Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • sleep condition, a darkening, a dormant period. You must not think,
    • however, that the passing of a planet through a sleep-condition meant
    • consciousness of man a kind of sleep state; for another consciousness,
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XI: Evolution of Mankind on the Earth I
    Matching lines:
    • sleep-state of the whole system followed the Moon stage of the Earth.
    • bodies were like sleeping plants. Next entered the repetition of the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XIII: The Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • your present sleep-condition, will then be replaced by another when
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture I: Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • and then the next day of course is occupied with sleeping them
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture IV: Blavatsky's Orientation: Spiritual, but Anti-Christian
    Matching lines:
    • dream-life goes on uncontrolled in me when I am asleep.’
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VII: The Third Stage: The Present Day. - Life-Conditions of the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • my dear friends, simply shows that he is going about asleep in
    • of easy-goingness and sleepy-headedness.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VIII: Conclusions: The Anthroposophical Society and its Future Conduct.
    Matching lines:
    • even in his sleep; although Paracelsus in his sleep was still a
  • Title: Turning Points: Translator Preface
    Matching lines:
    • and that of mere sleep or ordinary trance. Throughout the whole
  • Title: Turning Points: Introduction (part 2)
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Turning Points: Introduction (part 3)
    Matching lines:
    • Sleep, Death, and Spiritual Science.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 1: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • our sleep consciousness runs its course pictorially in
    • of our sleeping state, where clings in truth that last remnant of
    • between those which prevail when we sleep and when we are awake;
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 2: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • until we again fall asleep. On the other hand, the ancient
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 3: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • that of sleeping and that of being awake; he could then look upon
    • alternates between the sleeping and the waking conditions, it is
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 4: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • intermediary conditions between that of sleeping and being awake,
    • condition of sleeping and of being awake. In our wakeful state we
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 5: Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • sleep state, but in a certain way they are typical symbols,
    • suffering from palpitation of the heart, may, during sleep, be
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 6: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • sleep-state.
    • When we consider the sleep-state in the light of
    • human frame remains quiescent and sleeping, the actual centre of
    • sleep-state was first induced. This was of such nature that the
    • body, which was then in a condition of deathlike sleep, and for a
    • time entered upon a psychic existence, a kind of sleep-life,
    • consciousness. While this sleep-life continued, the soul was able
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Then one might when I was asleep, I had a dream and in
  • Title: Effects of Christ-Inpulse
    Matching lines:
    • SLEEPING.
    • the Ego. We know that during our sleeping state, that is to
    • say, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • abandons his physical and etheric body on falling asleep, and
    • whenever he falls asleep.
    • soul if in the state of sleep, not in the: dreaming state, it
    • something which exists outside the sleeping soul. But we should
    • not think that from, the standpoint of sleep we would see our
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling: asleep, we must
    • our sleep, we would not perceive anything of all that we see
    • appears to us in such — away that in failing asleep we
    • everything begins to grow and to green. When we fall asleep and
    • continues throughout the condition of sleeping. What we see in
    • end. This is how we pass through sleep, if we live through it
    • go as it were through the sleeping state as far as a point in
    • sleep, this strengthening of which we are conscious. And this
    • condition of sleep, our physical body and our etheric body
    • that on falling asleep we abandon our body because from the
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep our astral
    • Whenever we fall asleep, a connection is established between
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • sleepiness. With this sleepy posture and gray-greenish body, it
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual to us. Rather than the sleeping consciousness, we
    • seems as little dangerous as it does for a sleepwalker who has
    • also, when one has gone through the sleeping time after death,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • a significant role in sleep. The human being lives in the
    • vegetable kingdom. There is something in you that is as sleepy
    • consciousness, like a vegetable - sleeping, dreaming. But this
    • transformation to the opposite of this sleep-filled dreaminess,
    • after each sleep he no longer wants to return down to the
    • will which, however, is present as in sleep, as I have often
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body. He does so every time he falls asleep. He is
    • then outside the physical body. But when he is asleep outside
    • the human being is at first unconsciously asleep. Under normal
    • sleeps in man, we sense the spirit which forms the head from
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping in us. For we don't know how thought descends to our
    • Let in sleep through the tranquil heart
    • feelings' dreams completely dissolve in sleep, when individual
    • in sleep through the tranquil heart
    • of feeling dissolve in sleep, and the divine cosmic life
    • sleep through the tranquil heart
    • otherwise is sleeping in the limbs, transforms itself and
    • How in sleeping fields of work
    • we are sleeping in the will - acts magically in the limbs as
    • How in sleeping fields of work
    • Let in sleep through the tranquil heart
    • How in sleeping fields of work
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 10
    Matching lines:
    • dream-consciousness or sleep-consciousness out there with their
    • sleep overcomes consciousness, and how upon awakening, at the
    • current incarnation. In this moment of sleep I am transported
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 13
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, we speed around the universe in the I and astral body
    • life. We do move about during sleep, only we have no
    • movement during sleep – and then also during
    • sleeping? Those beings who connect with us for the purpose of
    • movement when we are sleeping. They are the Thrones, beings
    • with normal sleeping consciousness, man cannot perceive the
    • he is capable of perceiving what happens during sleep, he
    • becomes aware that during sleep he is in contact with a
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 14
    Matching lines:
    • consciously perceiving his environment when we are sleeping
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 15
    Matching lines:
    • Every night when we sleep we find ourselves in the realm to
    • that we evolve in sleep. We feel the essence of plants in us
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 16
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world when we sleep. But it is like darkness around
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XX (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • every night while sleeping the human being with his I and with
    • spiritual facts between falling asleep and awakening; were he
    • being does not, when falling asleep, enter into the
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • how we sleep dreaming in this water element, which is our
    • showing us that our earthly willing is sleeping, but rooted in
    • on the other side; powerless feeling, asleep, destroys the
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • itself rests in deep sleep, as do the things in our soul rest
    • between falling asleep and awakening.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXVI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • friends were sleeping in the same room, the clairvoyant friend,
    • are extinguished in deep sleep. Then we can reach the truth of
    • appears to us from out of sleeping feeling. We feel ourselves
    • the yawning abyss of being, for feeling has fallen asleep and
    • How in sleep's dim-like dawning
    • Let in sleep through tranquil heart
    • How in sleep's dim-like dawning
    • Let in sleep through tranquil heart
    • the fact that whatever relates to the will is in a sleeping
    • hides this when we are sleeping, as it hides life in general
    • during sleep. Now we should observe the will in the limbs as
    • though sunken in deep sleep. The will is asleep. The limbs are
    • asleep. We should see this as a firm mental image. Then, when
    • it in its sleeping state, we find that it wakes up when
    • How into sleeping fields of activity
    • How into sleeping fields of activity
    • How in sleep's dim-like dawning
    • Let in sleep through tranquil heart
    • How into sleeping fields of activity
  • Title: Effects of Christ-Inpulse
    Matching lines:
    • SLEEPING.
    • the Ego. We know that during our sleeping state, that is to
    • say, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of
    • abandons his physical and etheric body on falling asleep, and
    • whenever he falls asleep.
    • soul if in the state of sleep, not in the: dreaming state, it
    • something which exists outside the sleeping soul. But we should
    • not think that from, the standpoint of sleep we would see our
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling: asleep, we must
    • our sleep, we would not perceive anything of all that we see
    • appears to us in such — away that in failing asleep we
    • everything begins to grow and to green. When we fall asleep and
    • continues throughout the condition of sleeping. What we see in
    • end. This is how we pass through sleep, if we live through it
    • go as it were through the sleeping state as far as a point in
    • sleep, this strengthening of which we are conscious. And this
    • condition of sleep, our physical body and our etheric body
    • that on falling asleep we abandon our body because from the
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep our astral
    • Whenever we fall asleep, a connection is established between
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question: Lecture V: The Social Will as the Basis Towards a New, Scientific Procedure
    Matching lines:
    • state of sleep. This is something which has to change
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture I: Social Impulses for the Healing of Modern Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • fearful sleep. At the present moment, the German is, one might
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture II: A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • sleepiness, this inability to throw the whole man into the
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 1: The Immortality of the I
    Matching lines:
    • when nature appears to be asleep and frozen. Christmas leads us into
    • it, as in sleep when our astral body and our I ascend as spirit into
    • sleep and enter the spiritual world — the world from which the
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 4: The Human Organism Through the Incarnations
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep, that is, in full consciousness, manifest themselves?
    • of falling asleep, we are destroying, albeit only in a very subtle way,
    • for this by sleeping. During sleep, physical matter is restored for
    • in us. Activity when we sleep means building up of physical matter,
    • the activity of our I, and when we sleep, we have to regenerate ourselves.
    • interaction plays itself out in the rhythm of sleeping and waking: building
    • as rapid a succession as the alternation between sleeping and waking,
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 6: The Feeling For Truth
    Matching lines:
    • were woken up from sleep and heard only this one line from the Capricorn
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • develop such a tendency that between death and rebirth we sleep
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IV: The Thyroid Gland and Hormones
    Matching lines:
    • poor sleepers? If one treats young people who do not sleep well
    • with sleeping pills of opium or morphine, they will certainly
    • sleep better, no doubt about it. One can't argue against it,
    • but the fact is that if sleeping pills and related chemical
    • will gradually gain the strength from within to fall asleep.
    • weaken himself. The effects of sleeping pills are uncontested;
    • it is indisputable that a person sleeps better with them,
    • should try to induce sleep from an inward, mental direction. Of
    • be induced to get the right amount of sleep every night. Then
    • later in life people needn't be given sleeping pills if they
    • rejuvenation methods can really be compared to taking sleeping
    • that administering sleeping pills to younger persons actually
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VII: Spiritual-Scientific Foundations for a True Physiology
    Matching lines:
    • sleep can we properly trace this network, but in a child it is
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VIII: Concerning the Soul Life in the Breathing Process
    Matching lines:
    • your sleep has been somewhat disturbed. You are awakened from a
    • fitful sleep by a quite frightening dream in which you perhaps
  • Title: Fundamental Impulses in the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • modern dryness and sleepiness, the attitude of people toward
    • falling asleep and waking up, he penetrates into this world.
    • When you sleep, you are within this world. What you experience
    • in the outer world. Hence Ego-consciousness disappears in sleep
    • sleep, which existed as a fully-conscious knowledge in the
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture V: The Effect of Nicotine; Vegetarian and Meat Diets; On Taking Absinthe; Twin Births
    Matching lines:
    • substance — sleep evens matters out somewhat —
    • absinthe also ruins the sleep. With absinthe, a person gets a
    • hangover during sleep, and he is therefore prevented from
    • sleeping well. One must sleep, however, if one drinks alcohol.
    • testified to by the expression, “to sleep it off.”
    • Sleep has a beneficial effect on alcohol intake and evens
    • ordinary alcohol, because even sleep is ruined.
    • rapidly during sleep. A person who shaves knows that when he
    • sleeps particularly late on a given day, he is more in need of
    • the body, whiskers grow very quickly. Sleep is there to
    • however, extends its effects even into sleep, and with
    • absinthe-drinkers sleep does not neutralize these effects. The
    • red corpuscles of the blood are even ruined in sleep in women
    • into sleep, a woman's monthly period is very strongly
    • cognac, but it even ruins sleep. Though one could go into more
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VII: The Relationship Between the Breathing and the Circulation of the Blood; Jaundice; Smallpox; Rabies
    Matching lines:
    • must sleep, that we require a time during which the head does
    • sleep, then again being damaged, again restoring itself, and so
    • go to sleep, I exhale my soul, and I draw it back in again when
    • throughout my life on earth in sleeping and waking. This is
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VIII: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • karma. The world in which he lives from awaking to falling asleep
    • sleep-consciousness proper, in which dimness and darkness surround
    • Sleep
    • the last phase of his sleep; it was when he awoke, and only then,
    • the last phase of his sleep man was able to see the spirit-world, he
    • that during the time he was “asleep” in his earthly
    • Sleep
    • ceased in the sleep that was of course no sleep as we understand it.
    • life between awaking and falling asleep, when we only perceive, for
    • karma-consciousness, man is fast asleep. He would have the
    • dreamless between falling asleep and awakening were suddenly to
    • sleeps” away — the spiritual reality in the
    • sleeps” away his karma.
    • falling asleep to awakening hid themselves in trees and clouds, in
    • sleep-consciousness” — so now, by accepting the new
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • How karma enters man's development. Waking and sleeping.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • how great is the illusion which lulls you to sleep (and to which you
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • our dreams. When, on awaking from sleep, we recollect ourselves and
    • sleep. Willing is bound to the limbs — and metabolic and motor
    • dreamless sleep.
    • have no more than we have from our sleep.
    • may say: I have nothing at all from sleep. Needless to say, we are
    • it would of course be absurd to say that you had nothing from sleep.
    • sleep. If you never slept, you would never rise to the
    • go back until the last time you awakened from sleep. Before that
    • moment you were sleeping. All that lies in this intervening part of
    • fell asleep until the last time but one when you awakened, memory
    • (for the intervals of sleep), nevertheless you see the black
    • we can certainly say that we have something from sleep. And just as
    • we have something from our sleep in the ordinary sense of earthly
    • life, so do we have something from that sleep which always prevails
    • in our willing. We pass asleep through that which is really going on
    • likewise our Ego is inherent in that which is sleeping in us during
    • veiled in sleep.
    • are. Deep sleep (even in waking life) is the condition in which our
    • volition is. We are asleep in our impulses of will, even in waking
    • truly say, the very thing we pass through asleep carries us in our
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • had wakened from sleep he would sit down and commit his most
    • his beautiful motifs, as though they came straight out of sleep.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • like a sleep-walker, writing down his lovely melodies directly after
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • they were asleep as regards the conditions of the time; and these
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. During sleep man has memory-experiences of his own
    • Second Hierarchy the Third Hierarchy rays on us during sleep through
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • stage (we will take these stages quite exactly): the sleeping astral
    • sleeping astral body shapes the picture of the experience outside the
    • one, and just “sleep off” his spiritual exertion in the
    • asleep over a book if we are tired. This getting tired is no sign at
    • that you get tired or fall asleep; on the contrary, you cannot fall
    • asleep; you get a slight headache from it. Only you must not regard
    • goes on ... it stays with you until you go to sleep. If you have
    • is asleep — that his physical body works up the whole picture,
    • sleep, enveloped by this cloud. And if you have actually shaped the
    • with which one rose from sleep, becomes objective. What it shows is
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • from the outset that they need a great deal of sleep; they like to
    • have long sleep. (The diagram is, of course, rather exaggerated).
    • sleep.
    • whether a human being needs sleep or not, which again expresses
    • again it can be said: When you meet a man who is a sleepy-head, then
    • previous incarnation. A man who is not a sleepy-head, who may even
    • have to do something in order to go to sleep — we know there
    • are books which can be used for the purpose of sending one to sleep!
    • at least through one — in which he has lived as if half asleep,
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping life (not his waking life) backwards. When he passes through
    • third of life is spent in sleep, this backward journey is also lived
    • man has reached the age of 60, some 20 years have been spent in sleep
    • difference between its experiences and those of ordinary sleep is
    • of the dreams rising out of sleep which do not, after all, reproduce
    • being during sleep; but after death he experiences it with
    • earth with now and again a dream arising; then you would sleep again,
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • configuration must therefore be the same as in sleep. Knowledge
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • time of falling asleep to that of waking. These impulses are at work
    • of falling asleep and that of waking, man lives in his astral body
    • falling asleep and waking. I shall describe it in outline
    • as he falls asleep. The physical and etheric bodies lie in the bed.
    • falling asleep the astral body leaves the human being through the
    • impression that at the moment of falling asleep the astral body
    • out. — Such is man as he falls asleep.
    • We wake from sleep
    • waking from sleep we have in us only a small part of our astral body
    • disease. For think of it: throughout the hours of sleep, in what lies
    • when he wakes from sleep, when his astral body is forcing upwards
    • proceed. — On falling asleep, our ego and astral body pass out
    • — directly we fall asleep, all this begins immediately to be
    • continues for a time after we fall asleep and overshadows everything
    • else that happens to us during sleep. As sleep continues, however, a
    • happens when we have a very short sleep — for example an
    • lecture, but really do go to sleep; the whole thing may last only two
    • happens then? If the sleep were real, we were in the spiritual world
    • holds good as for the all-night sleep of a lie-a-bed — I mean,
    • falls asleep, even for a brief moment, the whole sleep is a unity and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • view. We have the condition of sleep. How does this condition of
    • sleep present itself in its cosmic counterpart? Let us consider it
    • conscious the whole day long and now we lie down in sleep. This means
    • in sleep as a plant and mineral world. But by day we have
    • asleep at night — in that part of his being which he has left
    • you think of a certain region of the earth where men are sleeping,
    • echo of all that these sleeping men have
    • hours of sleep with the traces that have remained in our etheric
    • are left in sleep and whither the Angels, Archangels and Archai wend
    • Angels during our hours of sleep. It is so indeed: during our waking
    • hours we create work for the Angels during the time of sleep. And now
    • says to himself: “I have lived from the time of falling asleep
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • but present nevertheless, between falling asleep and
    • about the animals, faded away; between falling asleep and
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • other folk, who always sleep soundly because they are so
    • until evening I think, therefore I am. Then I fall asleep.
    • think, therefore I am. I fall asleep, and as I now do not
    • only falls asleep, but ceases to be when he falls asleep.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • of sleep which he spent while he was on the earth.
    • ordinary sleep, in relation to the condition in which he
    • to sleep, man as a being of soul and spirit is only in his
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • man of today awakens from sleep, he slips down into his
    • was different. When they awoke from sleep they had a
    • consider the moment of falling asleep nowadays, the
    • asleep ceases to have perceptions. For the little that
    • even after the human being had fallen asleep. And to a
    • feeling, an intermediate sensation between sleeping and
    • fell asleep the astral body was not immediately absorbed by
    • sounded into the sleeping human Ego, — though no
    • between my falling asleep and my awakening.
    • lived every night during my sleep,-herein I am experiencing
    • awakened that in his sleep he had been in a world of light
    • fall asleep till I awaken, belongs to the region of a good
    • waking and sleeping. Recognising one another by these
    • that they perceived the sleeping state differently than the
    • dwelling from the time you fall asleep till you awaken. But
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • while human beings upon earth are as though wrapt in sleep.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • this experience. He fell into a kind of sleep from which he
    • kind of sleep. In other cases it happened thus: —
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • spinning of the thread of our destiny during the life of sleep in
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • sleep consciousness.
    • sleeper's attention. Nor does he by any means always know to what extent
    • of deep, dreamless sleep, man has in his ordinary consciousness nothing
    • of falling asleep and the moment of waking. Everything else he has to
    • asleep and waking is all that remains from dreamless sleep.
    • consciousness, dreamless sleep consciousness. If we go back into very
    • the sleep that is invaded by dreams links on to the waking state; again
    • clear remembrance of what they had experienced in sleep. And it was
    • precisely out of this sleep that there came the impressions of past
    • has waking consciousness, dream consciousness, dreamless sleep
    • a new birth; furthermore, that in the consciousness of deep sleep there
    • destiny, notwithstanding all freedom, is spun during our life of sleep,
    • succeeds in penetrating with vision into the life of dreamless sleep,
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • man spends the time of sleep between falling asleep and reawakening. For
    • is hidden from him in the darkness of sleep.
    • hidden from man by the dark consciousness of sleep.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Already in the periods of sleep man
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, V: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • experienced spiritually in sleep. Unless he is particularly addicted
    • to sleep a man will, as a general rule, spend about a third part of
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Summary of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • dreaming, sleeping; connected with thoughts and sensory
    • The moments of waking and going to sleep in
    • formation. The forming of karma during sleep. Death at an early
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • extinguished in sleep. When we are among these Moon Beings who
    • abnormally long sleeper he spends about one third of the
    • duration of his earthly life in sleep. And life in the Moon
    • him. In reality it was the same every night during sleep, but
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • During sleep, when we are outside our physical and etheric
    • live during sleep, are connected in some way with this
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary consciousness I sleep through what has happened
    • intermediately, just as in the night I sleep through what I
    • feeling we dream; in the activity of willing we are asleep. We
    • are in a state of perpetual sleep as far as the essential core
    • conscious of what he had experienced during sleep — and
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Here, waking up and going to sleep must also come into play, as
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • viewed in its entirety if sleep is left out of consideration.
    • of normal sleepers, therefore — as nowadays there are no
    • Seven Sleepers — a third of life is disregarded. But for
    • of karma. Observation of the life of sleep gives significant
    • going to sleep.
    • the moment of going to sleep is particularly evident to people
    • in good health that the moment of going to sleep is often
    • moments both of waking and of going to sleep are shrouded in a
    • certain dimness. At the moment of going to sleep a man has the
    • taking place if we say: during sleep the physical and etheric
    • the etheric body. In the evening, when sleep begins, the ego
    • to your need of sleep. Sleep is a prophet and knows when you
    • as the result of some disturbance you sleep for a shorter time
    • than you intend, even if before going to sleep you say that you
    • want to sleep for only half-an-hour but you lie asleep for
    • will sleep. It is an accurate prophet because the inner,
    • difference between the process of going to sleep and that of
    • and when we go to sleep we pass out of the physical world and
    • spiritual world between sleeping and waking and we also have
    • in unconsciousness. We have experiences during sleep which are,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, VII: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking life in the development of karma and let it
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture I: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • conditions of waking and sleeping must above all be looked upon
    • of waking to that of sleeping, but we do not take much notice
    • waking and sleeping. The strangest theories have been advanced
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. But let me mention only one,
    • and when he is sufficiently tired goes to sleep, and that sleep
    • in its turn counter-balances fatigue. Sleep (this can be
    • really say that fatigue is the cause of sleep, when for
    • but in the afternoon, and who falls asleep not after the first
    • believe that the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping. Only by
    • asleep be rightly grasped and perceived.
    • asleep, with the aid of the ordinary cognitive forces, may set
    • recognise the true nature of sleep.
    • we fall asleep we can, in a certain way, still follow the
    • moment in which sleep takes hold of us; we look, as it were,
    • upon the act of falling asleep and we learn to know that when
    • we go to sleep we do not simply have before us a changed bodily
    • asleep, only because our thinking has been intensified. The
    • asleep, is not only something which can be investigated by
    • independently between falling asleep and waking up.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture II: Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • at the moment of falling asleep, that sentient and volitional
    • asleep to the moment of waking up? Are the phenomena known as
    • behind on the bed during sleep, consisting solely of the
    • sleep, vanishes. What constitutes man's immortal, eternal
    • sleep, as a rule also abandons the physical body when we are
    • the sleeping state, although it is radically different from
    • sleep.
    • is the case during sleep, and in which these independent
    • sleep, when we go out of our physical body as
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking up, is that part of
    • night when we fall asleep, and it also passes again as a being
    • unconsciously during sleep, in a more youthful stage of life
    • being which abandons the body of a younger person during sleep,
    • crossing the portal of sleep, but he takes out with his
    • we do not pass through the portal of sleep with our thoughts,
    • for we leave them behind when we fall asleep and they shine
    • external world. We pass through the portal of sleep with these
    • able, in accordance with his organisation, to do without sleep
    • Spiritual science now enables us to discover that during sleep
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture III: World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • volitional being during sleep and the becoming conscious in
    • What takes place in that case? During sleep, man's sentient and
    • does not go out with man's true inner being in falling asleep,
    • conscious of that part which goes out during sleep and which
    • the etheric bodies during sleep, there is a dull twilight-life,
    • during our ordinary sleeping condition. Consciousness arises
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking up, must, as it were,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: Supersensible Knowledge: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Age
    Matching lines:
    • to fall asleep. But it requires an intense application of force,
    • state closely resembling the state of sleep. In the present case,
    • is not a state of sleep. We reach what I might call the state of
    • before you go to sleep, to bring your day's life so into your
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and the Ethical-Religious Conduct of Life
    Matching lines:
    • say three states, but let us consider sleeping and dreaming as
    • separated completely from the external world during sleep, and that a
    • experience in a wholly isolated manner during sleep and during
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • the moment he wakes from sleep, because he sets store
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • awaking until falling asleep, and the sleeping state from the
    • time of falling asleep until waking.
    • during sleep, the activity of his astral
    • asleep he leaves behind the life which belongs to the earth and
    • when sleep interrupts his waking life he lives in
    • is woven during sleep between birth and death in a fine
    • his life passed during sleep between birth and
    • has woven during his sleep, man now enters that
    • an entirely different world which, between falling asleep and
    • enters a world where that which between falling asleep
    • man ‘sleeps through’ these obscure
    • that way only between falling asleep and waking.
    • how during the time between falling asleep and awakening, the
    • that time between falling asleep and waking up we still carry
    • during the time between, falling asleep
    • sleep. But during this sleep is woven that essence which, when
    • observe what occurs in sleep. Real spiritual vision,
    • will. We discern how, while we sleep, all that is
    • itself during the time between falling asleep and awakening
    • into that being which sleep conceals from modern man, but
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep and waking were to stand revealed before the soul. It
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 3
    Matching lines:
    • state, just as a whole plant is present in a seed, sleeps in the seed,
    • Pralaya, a sleeping state, occurs once more, and this is followed
    • which everything living on the earth sleeps, so to speak. But it isn't
    • comparable to normal human sleep. In normal sleep only the activities
    • physical body. The sleeping state of the Earth must be thought of
    • differently. No earthly being is visible during this sleeping state.
    • Earth during the Pralaya sleep. The Earth is not there. It is the
    • such a spiritual state. When it awakens from the Pralaya sleep, it
    • Then follows a kind of short sleeping state, and now the sphere is
    • sleep-state.
    • person. He dreamed his being in a kind of sleeping consciousness; the
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture II: Introductory Explanations Concerning the Nature of Man
    Matching lines:
    • physical body. When man is asleep, only the physical and the
    • eliminates fatigue while we are asleep. This shows the
    • importance and necessity of sleep. The clairvoyant seer can
    • sleep depends on the fact that the astral body has worked in
    • etheric bodies, the refreshment of sleep arises gradually,
    • astral body goes out during sleep. When the astral body
    • the body, that is to say, during sleep, it is freed from
    • whereas at night, during sleep, it is once more embedded in
    • when we awake from sleep! The real home of the astral body is
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture III: Man's Self-consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday we learned to know the nature of sleep. The
    • sleep, from the physical body. But the physical body is so
    • slight degree when an extremity falls asleep (pins and
    • that of sleep, in which it also remains alone? The forces
    • which it had to use during sleep in order to elaborate and
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IV: Man's Further Destinies in the Spiritual Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • soars above them. In a sound, dreamless sleep, the astral
    • sleep filled with dreams, certain tentacles of the astral
    • outside which enters our sleep, takes on a symbolical aspect
    • colour and form. Also when we are asleep the astral body can
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IX: The Earth's Passage Through its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • state, a kind of sleep-condition, before it enters into a new
    • emerges in a new form from its sleeping state, which is,
    • an intermediate condition, a kind of sleeping condition for
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XII: The Stages of Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • man's sleep consists in the fact that his astral body goes
    • This was not sleep, nor death, but a third condition.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and sleeping as there is in the man of the present day. Their
    • consciousness during sleep and in dreaming was clearer.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of sleeping state. This sleep of initiation was distinguished
    • from ordinary sleep by the fact that in the latter the
    • 11 These things said he: and after that he saith unto them, Our friend Lazarus sleepeth; but I go, that I may awake him out of sleep. \
    • 12 Then said his disciples, Lord, if he sleep, he shall do well. \
    • 13 Howbeit Jesus spake of his death: but they thought that he had spoken of taking of rest in sleep. \
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • physical body during sleep; it is only during sleep,
    • sleep. The consciousness of the plant is concentrated in the
    • consciousness in man between sleeping and waking. In
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, he had to enter into the state of sleep.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture I: The Doctrine of the Logos
    Matching lines:
    • we read: “Then the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall
    • sleep in the average man is only a transitory state which in
    • into a deep sleep and then he could perceive what he could
    • means a clairvoyant sleep — and what is related here is
    • fell into a deep sleep. This was an old interpretation and it
    • God's permitting a deep sleep to fall upon the human being
    • experience. We are thereby shown that this is the first sleep
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture II: Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • when he again sinks into sleep. We know that he is composed
    • sleeping, the human creature is, in reality, entirely
    • assembled in a very different manner. When he sleeps, the
    • from the moment of going to sleep to the moment of waking
    • night while asleep, is entirely different from the creature
    • four-fold being. But now let us approach him in sleep and
    • The stone does not sleep. Its ether and astral bodies and ego
    • a contradiction — the sleep state — then becomes
    • observe the human being while he sleeps. Here this
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • falls asleep. During that time, by means of his outer
    • evening when he falls asleep, until the morning when he
    • evening when we fall asleep, until the morning when we
    • alternating state of waking by day and sleeping by night
    • into unconsciousness, but during his sleep-consciousness,
    • being fell asleep at night, but there existed no abrupt
    • transition from waking to sleeping. Images emerged, vivid
    • during sleep. Into him, into his dull state of consciousness,
    • sleep-consciousness, the force of love was being implanted in
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Raising of Lazarus
    Matching lines:
    • that he was put into a death-like sleep by the initiator or
    • human being sleeps in the ordinary sense of the word, his
    • a half days deathlike sleep, all that had been prepared in
    • day death-like sleep can now be replaced by the force
    • death-like sleep by the Priest-Initiator and was guided
    • that it is the three and a half day death-like sleep. This is
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The "I AM"
    Matching lines:
    • in bed when you sleep, formed in its very first beginnings in
    • lies sleeping in bed today. To each of these human
    • When you observe the sleeping human being of the present, you
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VIII: Human Evolution in its Relation to the Christ Principle
    Matching lines:
    • sort of lethargic condition, into a kind of death-like sleep
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IX: The Prophetical Documents and the Origin of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • when the human being sank into sleep at night, his inner
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture X: The Effect of the Christ Impulse Within Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • days, the candidate for initiation lay in a lethargic sleep.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XI: Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, in sleep; only then can the astral body be
    • organs developed when they are carved into it during sleep,
    • sleeping human being; that would not be possible for the
    • in sleep. If you have him in an unconscious condition, then
    • connection with the physical body during sleep. But
    • withdraws during sleep. Just as this sponge adapts itself to
    • body; when in sleep it withdraws from the corporality, it
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XII: The Nature of the Virgin Sophia and of the Holy Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • thing that occurs every night in sleep — but to a
    • lethargic sleep. If each day he allows the first verses of
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Metamorphoses of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep, while the physical and etheric bodies remain in bed, the
    • it can be said that during sleep, when his physical and etheric bodies
    • the other hand man, as he lies asleep in bed, has grown beyond the status
    • into consideration you will readily see that between falling asleep at
    • astral body enter into man. Actually there is during sleep, too, an
    • that in sleep the astral body and ego withdraw from the physical and
    • the sleeper, for the astral principle within him is a divine-spiritual
    • a sense it can be said that while we are asleep in respect of our astral
    • is to correlate this difference between waking and sleeping with the
    • of sleep, the consciousness of the carpet of plants that is spread out
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Hierarchical Beings of our Solar System and the Kingdoms of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • consists of waking and sleeping, and we pointed out that during sleep
    • in the conditions of everyday human life means that at falling asleep
    • observes him during sleep at night — his physical and etheric
    • his physical and etheric bodies; at night he is asleep — that
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The Atlantean Oracles.
    Matching lines:
    • the intermediate states between waking and sleeping.
    • entirely in the interval between waking and sleeping. On the other hand,
    • into a deathlike sleep. While this lasted he was either placed in a
    • something different from sleep: in sleep the physical and etheric bodies
    • candidate had to be reduced to a deathlike state of sleep, that is,
    • firmly knit together, but in sleep the physical and etheric bodies remain
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XIV: The Earth as Christ's Body and as a New Light Center.
    Matching lines:
    • and when in a state comparable to sleep, he could say, Now I am outside
    • some are fallen asleep.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and sleeping, and that, from morning when he wakes, until evening when
    • he falls asleep, these four members of his being are united as one
    • self-contained organism. We know that at night when he sleeps, man's
    • necessity. At night, when we see him asleep and consisting of physical
    • however, as he lies asleep, has outgrown the plant in value inasmuch
    • falls asleep, and morning, when he awakens, is a self-contradictory
    • interval between falling asleep and awakening; if you merely withdrew
    • it is indeed true that, in the interval between falling asleep and
    • astral body leaves the sleeper, a higher astrality enters into him, to
    • worlds. We now look with different eyes upon the sleeper as he lies in
    • certain sense that while man is asleep as regards his physical and
    • precisely the fact of this difference between waking and sleeping with
    • that of sleep or to the consciousness of the vegetable kingdom, now
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • bed, in the interval between falling asleep and awakening, while his
    • the sleeper. Thus, these alternating conditions of everyday human life
    • consist in the fact that in the evening, when he falls asleep, the
    • asleep during the night, as he lies in bed as far as his physical and
    • etheric bodies; by night he sleeps, that is, he is outside his
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping, the perception of them was very distinct.
    • and indistinct; in the intermediate state between waking and sleeping
    • into a death-like sleep in the Mysteries. While this condition lasted,
    • from the physical. This is not what happens in sleep; for then the
    • firmly knit together; in sleep the physical and etheric bodies lie in
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • when man himself was in a state comparable to sleep, he could say to
    • unto the present, but some are fallen asleep. After that He was seen
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping state, there was once a realm of consciousness through which
    • and six days you refrain from sleep.” Gilgamish wishes to submit
    • to the test but soon falls asleep. Then the wife of Xisuthros baked
    • would have been attained in the seven nights and six days without sleep.
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Atlantean times. And when he is bidden not to sleep for seven nights
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • at night, while the tutor was sleeping the sleep of the just and dreaming
  • Title: Occult History: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, as Novalis, the reincarnated Raphael.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 1: The Inner Aspect of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • sort of condition of dimness or sleep; and then he can arrive at
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • organism which falls asleep in spring, sending forth the plants as
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • point to the contrast between sleeping and waking. When he is awake
    • knowledge. When he enters into the condition of sleep, then
    • darkened But man does not cease to be when he falls asleep, nor come
    • passes between falling asleep and awakening; only, he has not
    • environment when he is asleep. To put it in another way, man's powers
    • even when it is in the state of ordinary sleep. In this way there is
    • sleep and comes into it again on awakening. He learns that the part of
    • him which is outside the body during sleep contains that inner seed
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • you are asleep, you must always be as it were together with yourself
    • when you fall asleep.
    • for man loses this consciousness every evening when he goes to sleep
    • in the evening when he falls asleep remains, and he is able on
    • dropped them when he fell asleep. It has all stayed as it was; only,
    • maintain also man's consciousness while he sleeps It must keep watch
    • over man's nature, both when he wakes and when he sleeps.
    • was, in the ecstasy, just like a man asleep, united with the Divine in
    • sleep and knowing nothing of it, not even having a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture V: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • over — as it were in a kind of higher sleep — into a
    • they can have knowledge of it. Every night when man goes to sleep, the
    • “permanent” ego is disproved. For when man is asleep it is
    • entirely what happens to our ego during sleep! This ego, of which we
    • since all ideas sink down in sleep into the darkness of
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • being broken, continually being interrupted by sleep. If you will read
  • Title: Lecture VII: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • know also that this ordinary consciousness ceases when man is asleep;
    • longer any influence upon him. When man is asleep and the external
    • middle man breathing is maintained, even during sleep, and the other
    • brain when man is asleep as well as when he is awake, — though
    • waking and in sleep. The difference finds expression in the fact that
    • during sleep the number of breaths we take is considerably less in
    • method of nourishment also changes during sleep. When, under certain
    • same way during sleep, it can have very bad results. This is well
    • generally sleep well; the brain is disturbed in its rest if a heavy
    • meal is taken immediately before going to sleep. There is, therefore,
    • a difference between the conditions of sleep and waking even in the
    • during sleep man still has his brain, he does not perceive the
    • concern ourselves as a rule only with waking and sleeping.
    • order there, then he sleeps a normal healthy sleep; one cannot in
    • circumstances — expect that his peaceful sleep will be forcibly
    • disappear from our consciousness in peaceful sleep. The pupil in
    • as in certain dreams man perceives when asleep his head and middle
    • workings of the Sun that continue even when man is asleep, and that
    • asleep), he perceived, looking downwards inwardly, the Sun in the
  • Title: Lecture X: Man in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • the first super-sensible consciousness. When man is in deep sleep, his
    • exists. If the deep sleep consciousness awakens, that is to say, if it
    • asleep — are regulated by the consciousness we may call the
    • consciousness of deep sleep. The movements of the heart and
    • the deep sleep condition of the body.
    • he to become awake in deep sleep, independently of the body, he would
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • forces takes place at night when we are asleep. In the night there
    • into these worlds vanish during sleep the astral body and ego. They
    • man were conscious during sleep, if he were present with all his
    • dulled the consciousness of man during sleep, that he may not be able
    • of man by night, the sleeping life, is, so to speak, made use of, to
    • up his sleep consciousness, when he begins to lighten it with
    • processes set up. As long as we are not conscious in sleep, as long
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • for you. And when you sleep then your soul-life shrinks right up
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • if such a man avoids eating roots he will fall into a sleepy
    • emerges from sleep — the dream affords for many persons a last
    • trace of the immeasurably rich life man leads in sleep — then
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • intermediate state between sleeping and waking when he looked
    • intermediate state between waking and sleeping, then the
    • in the intermediate state between sleeping and waking he saw
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • between sleeping and waking that was at that time common to
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • back, and they are asleep; they could not maintain their
  • Title: Lecture: Links Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • the souls of the dead, the souls of sleeping human beings are seen to
    • birth hasten as it were to the souls of sleeping human beings, seeking
    • When we go to sleep at night, the ideas and thoughts which have passed
    • the sleeping human beings left behind on earth — especially
    • sleep, it is a shattering experience to see that they often find
    • nothing. For as regards the state of sleep there is a great difference
    • thought to the spiritual worlds before passing into sleep but often
    • towns in Europe where students induce sleepiness by drinking a lot of
    • spiritual things; for when these people are asleep the dead can
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • during sleep. The power of spiritual truths. Involvement
    • The Sleeping-and-Waking Rhythm
    • growing aware of what happens during sleep. Natural
    • aspect that ‘sleep’ of particular organs is
    • Sleep and
    • sleep of materialism entered into during 19th century (J.
    • organism. Correspondence between waking and being asleep
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 1: The Destinies of Individuals and of Nations
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 2: Nationalities and Nationalism in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • state when we enter into the sphere of sleep with it and
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 3: The Nature of European Folk Souls
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • physical and etheric body between going to sleep and
    • remains unconscious between going to sleep and waking up.
    • we go to sleep. On waking we become immersed in the folk
    • soul as we enter into the body. When asleep we are not in
    • and going to sleep.
    • his sleep. The peculiar thing is that at any time, at any
    • Accept the full weight of these words. On going to sleep
    • Between going to sleep and waking up every human soul
    • that between going to sleep and waking man usually lives
    • which one is forced, in this state between going to sleep
    • sleep state to live with the folk soul we hate most or
    • sleep and waking, and having to live with it the way we
    • spirits. That only happens between going to sleep and
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 4: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 1
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 5: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 2
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • going to sleep and waking up we are in a soul state where
    • ether bodies. Asleep, we live in our astral body and our
    • ether bodies. Asleep, we live in our astral body and our
    • not far away from our body when asleep. Our soul element
    • have taken a ‘sleeper’ (train) to travel
    • When asleep, the soul merges into everything that is
    • waking up and going to sleep: the powers of the
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 6: Spiritual Perception Essential at the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • waking until going to sleep. Between going to sleep and
    • we can sleep through it. There is a certain fear in
    • one's life in bed, going through life half asleep. Yet
    • because they like to sleep through what goes on in the
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 7: Personal and Supersensible Aspects
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 8: Three Decisions on the Path to Imaginative Perception
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • ‘Oh, I'll never do it! I'll go to sleep in the
    • to her. She said she always sort of went to sleep when
    • one can see are really similar to sleep if looked at
    • a sleep state when in these conditions. It is exactly at
    • sleep-like state. He need not be lying down — he
    • sleep state. Outwardly this state cannot really be
    • distinguished from the ordinary sleep state; inwardly,
    • asleep but within the life of thought, just as we are now
    • for present-day minds are still very apt to got to sleep
    • Me from sleep,
    • Death has woken me from sleep,
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 9: The Sleeping-and-Waking Rhythm in the Context of Cosmic Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • The Sleeping-and-Waking Rhythm
    • life we spend between going to sleep and waking up again.
    • the night, when we are asleep, is unconscious and outside
    • sleep and unconsciousness between going to sleep and
    • basically is always asleep. These are things one need not
    • daytime and asleep at night we naturally assume his ego
    • it is correct that during sleep man's ego and astral body
    • however a part of the body that is asleep also between
    • waking up and going to sleep, at least essentially so.
    • the ‘head’. This is asleep when we are awake.
    • head, with the head asleep and ego and astral activity
    • night, between going to sleep and waking up, the whole
    • sleep and waking up man is able to relate to a far
    • conscious awareness during sleep. Considering the way we
    • that in a human being who is awake the sleeping organs in
    • alternation between waking and sleeping really is a
    • general necessity. We are asleep and awake here in the
    • way that is familiar to us. We sleep and awake so that
    • sleeping and waking has to take place; we have seen that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 10: Problems on Spiritual Path - National Characteristics in Europe Moulded by Folk Spirits
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and
    • death, except for the time between going to sleep and
    • During the time between going to sleep and waking up the
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 11:Etheric Man within Physical Man
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • sleep that develops as we get tired. Such comparisons
    • what goes on when we go to sleep and wake up with the
    • single waking-and-sleeping cycle of 24 hours.
    • awake—between waking up and going to sleep
    • be compared to the sleeping state in man. Making the
    • to sleep and this means he enters into the summer of his
    • have to note that the spirit of the earth is asleep in
    • summer. The earth is then truly asleep; the great
    • spring comes the earth's spirit begins to go to sleep. It
    • back upon a sleeping person we can indeed see how his
    • going to sleep means that ego and astral body are leaving
    • stages of sleep as the onset of a vegetative process, and
    • sleep progresses in such a way that to the clairvoyant
    • beautiful when seen asleep by someone who has grown
    • sleep presents itself. The animal world consumes, eats
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 12: The Group Sculptured for the Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 13: The Prophetic Nature of Dreams: Moon, Sun and Saturn Man
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • when we are asleep we are outside the physical and ether
    • whilst they are asleep — unless they somehow
    • physical and ether bodies during sleep that these are not
    • put it more precisely. Let us assume someone is asleep
    • and the sleeper dreams. He dreams of something he
    • have within us a plant or Sun man, who is asleep. And
    • asleep and also Saturn man who is at an even lower level
    • have in sleep. Saturn man I'd say, is our oldest cause,
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 14: The Cosmic Significance of Our Sensory Perceptions - Our Thinking, Feeling and Will Activity
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
    • aware of this. Imagine you are sleeping with your eyes
    • processed in the ear when we are asleep. Our sense organs
    • think during the night, when we are asleep. It is not
    • true that we stop thinking when we go to sleep and start
    • imagine it is night-time and you are lying asleep in your
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Original German Mantrams
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Notes
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking, the relation between our physical and etheric
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • speaks falls back into unconsciousness with every sleep and
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • preparing them to become complete sleepers in their intellect
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • which exists when the human being sleeps, when his forces are
    • unfolded outside in the whole universe during sleep, that is
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • exercises he was transplanted during his sleep state into the
    • quite different world between going to sleep and waking up, a
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • had those sleeping germs which appeared in the great period
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • And when we go to sleep, we breathe out our ego and astral
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One: Greetings to the Builders Working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a Decadent Genius. Distorted Pictures of Imaginative Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • have observed Weininger at times when he was sleeping normally.
    • case.) If he had been observed when he was sleeping a healthy sleep
    • while separated from the sleeping physical and etheric bodies. Only in
    • the state of sleep were the students permitted to behold what the I
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two: Two Spheres of Existence in Nature and in Man: the Realm of Regularity and the Realm of Irregularity. The Ancient Hebrews' Jubilee year as the Expression of Formative Powers of the Soul. The Christ Incarnation.
    Matching lines:
    • has been suppressed and, simultaneously, sleep is interrupted, then
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four: Human Organism, Results of Prenatal Formative Powers. Dual Nature of Man. Powers behind the Existence of the Body as Expressed Pictorally by the Body and as Expressed in a Draughtsmanlike Fashion by the Head.
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping. How can the  I  and the astral body be the
    • during sleep, during the time the astral body and  I 
    • head. This implies that the person must be awake. If a man is asleep
    • ask yourself how moral you are in your sleep or in your dreams —
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five: How a Person Grows into the Three Spiritual Realms of Wisdom, Beauty and Goodness. How These Shine Down into the Spiritual Part of Man.
    Matching lines:
    • and truth take hold of a person as he wakes from sleep. Although it is
    • I was roused from sleep by lecherous,
    • I was roused from sleep by lecherous,
    • I was roused from sleep by lecherous,
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine: Enlivening the Sense Processes and Ensouling the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity. Logic and the Sense for Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • indignant person, or of someone who is addicted to sleep. There, in a
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 1: Secret Brotherhoods-1, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-1, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • overlooked. People sleep their way blindly through events
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 3: Secret Brotherhoods-3, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-3, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 3, -or- German Philosophy: Kant, Schelling, Hegel, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • rhythmic alternation of waking and sleeping in man. Just as a
    • person cannot do without sleep, so mankind could not dispense
    • with the sleep regarding spiritual knowledge which has marked
    • asleep to the spiritual, so that it could reappear in a new
    • in this field allow themselves to be lulled to sleep again and
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 1: On the Functions of the Nervous System
    Matching lines:
    • of consciousness which we possess during sleep. When we lift
    • new sensation from another side. Sleep extends continually in
    • sleep, even by day. In the present stage of the evolution of
    • is experienced in a sleeping way, even when we are awake. The
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 2: Concerning the World of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • we awaken in the morning until the moment we fall asleep, we
    • more to do with feeling that we in sleep have to do with our
    • lives in his feeling life, he is actually asleep and
    • moment of going to sleep to that of awakening, but only those
    • continues on throughout the entire sleep life. Only in the
    • deeper layers of our consciousness do we sleep, so to say,
    • dreamlessly. But this dreaming and dreamless sleep life goes
    • the human being sleeps completely. For with his everyday
    • which he lives in deep sleep. He follows consciously only
    • and sleep this away do we feel separated from the dead with
    • going to sleep? The answer is: Only that which can be lived
    • will, which we sleep and dream away. They are always there;
    • and sleeping through it, this forms our destiny; we ourselves
    • are this. We dream and sleep through all we do toward the
    • — a region which we dream and sleep away. At the same
    • to a certain extent — how we sleep through it and how we
    • and sleep away our feeling-life and will-life, where the
    • that we dream and sleep away, something that man as a rule
    • feeling and sleeping will. Within us, we cut ourselves off
    • from this other world because dream and sleep play also into
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 3: Our Life with the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling life in his usual consciousness, and he sleeps
    • sleep away, we live together with human souls that are
    • sleep; the impulses which man develops when he surpasses his
    • impulses of dream and sleep.
    • the community — except that they dream and sleep away
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 4: The Rhythmical Relationship of Man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, and he sleeps through everything contained as
    • out again when we fall asleep. We do this during our whole
    • as parallel to our falling asleep and awaking; through our
    • dream away, and the impulses of the will that we sleep away,
    • into the dreaming and sleeping worlds of feeling and of will.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 5: The Members of Man's Being and the Periods of His Life
    Matching lines:
    • and sleeping, in his usual waking day-consciousness, has some
    • his life of feeling, and sleeps away the real contents of his
    • life of the will. Dream and sleep stretch into the world of
    • as a dreamless sleep. Through our feelings, through the
    • and moral processes within that world we dream away and sleep
    • away. Dream and sleep impulses, which we have in common with
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 7: The Inadequacy of Natural Science for the Knowledge of the Life of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and which for this reason is immersed in sleep for the
    • sleeping state grows into the spiritual world around him.
    • withdraw from it in sleep — so from a certain moment
    • falling asleep, awaking and falling asleep, in this rhythm
    • sleep, just as we realize that this outer world sinks into
    • darkness when we fall asleep, so in the soul of the so-called
    • in order that I may pass through this life of falling asleep
    • and awaking, falling asleep and awaking, and so forth. We
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Synopsis of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • In our willing we are in profound sleep. In the sleeping part of us
    • asleep. In communicating with a dead man, he is in us and we in him.
    • On falling asleep we should put our questions to the dead and receive
    • part of our souls with them. On falling asleep we may address the
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 3: The Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • In our willing we are in profound sleep. In the sleeping part of us
    • asleep. In communicating with a dead man, he is in us and we in him.
    • On falling asleep we should put our questions to the dead and receive
    • part of our souls with them. On falling asleep we may address the
    • waking and sleeping has a more profound significance in human life
    • of waking and sleeping. We know that this is only apparent, for we
    • sleep-condition lasts not only from falling asleep to waking, but
    • sleeping. We must really say that we are never completely, thoroughly
    • ‘awake’ with our whole being. Sleep extends into our
    • waking hours. With one part of our being we are always asleep. We
    • our senses from waking to falling asleep. The characteristic of
    • life as ‘sleep.’ Thus with our sense-perception we are
    • events of deep, dreamless sleep. It is a fact that the actual essence
    • entity of the will remains, even from waking to falling asleep, in a
    • condition of profound sleep.
    • asleep, we really dream; and as regards the life of will we are
    • always fast asleep. Thus the sleep-condition extends into that of
    • in this world through which we wander in a sleeping condition, we are
    • sleep we are separated from the things around us; we sleep in a room
    • it thus, yet as regards our feeling and will, we ‘sleep
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 4: The Cosmic Thoughts and our Dead
    Matching lines:
    • which should be well observed: the moment of falling asleep and that
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 5: Man's Connection with the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • asleep from fatigue, that the cause of falling asleep is fatigue.
    • what sends us to sleep; so that the spiritual effect is not in itself
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 6: Feelings of Unity and Sentiments of Gratitude: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • — and from early morning, from waking to falling asleep we are
    • dreams from waking to falling asleep, can be aware of these things. I
    • continue to sleep and dream even in waking life. If we allow the
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 7: Confidence in Life and Rejuvenation of the Soul: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • another, really separate. In sleep we are only separated by a strong
    • to the physical body, divides us in sleep; otherwise we should drift
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture IV: The Eternal and the Imperishable
    Matching lines:
    • really everywhere; and between sleeping and waking we even
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture V: Thoughts on Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • alternate between sleeping and waking, so does the dead man
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VI: Spiritual Science, the Practice of Life and the Destinies of Souls
    Matching lines:
    • till going to sleep in perception, imagination, feeling and
    • waking till sleeping, the head, that is his inner
    • this backward development of the head — in sleep there
    • asleep over Spiritual Science.
    • a mirror and waken the threatened sleeper by the clatter,
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VII: Whitsuntide Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • disciples. To be asleep today to the events of the time, a
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture I: States of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • and ordinary day-time life from waking to sleeping — a
    • from falling asleep to waking, and what we commonly describe
    • experiences of the day-time from waking to falling asleep,
    • we are “asleep” as regards this limb-man,
    • will really acts as though asleep. All that we are able to
    • sleep. Sleep continually pervades the daytime consciousness
    • sunk in sleep.
    • at night, when, during sleep, man is outside the physical and
    • ordinary consciousness, because this sleep-dimness prevents
    • sleep-consciousness — parallel with it. What
    • It does not entirely wake with our waking, or sleep with our
    • sleeping; but there is a difference between these two states.
    • the sleeping-state, when it is rather clearer; the difference
    • limb-man's consciousness — asleep by day, but awake at
    • — a different state between waking and falling asleep
    • from that which prevails between falling asleep and waking.
    • falling asleep, is the karma of earlier earth-lives. In
    • falling asleep, it has the vision of karma from earlier
    • earth-lives, and during sleep,